Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(used to form a negative)

Толкование Перевод

1 negative

الصُّورَة السَّلْبيّة \ negative: (in photography) the first form of a used film, in which light objects appear dark and dark objects appear light; positive pictures, in their correct form, are printed from it. \ سالِب \ negative. \ See Also سلبي (سَلْبي)‏ \ سَالِب \ negative: (in electrical equipment such as a battery) at the weaker end, from which electricity flows to the stronger (positive) end. \ سَلْبيَّة \ negative. \ _(field) Photog. \ See Also صُورة سَلْبيَّة \ مَنْفِيّ \ negative: (of words and sentences) meaning no or not: Words like ‘never’ and ‘nowhere’ have a negative meaning.

Arabic-English glossary > negative
2 not

not
adverb

1) ((often abbreviated to n't) a word used for denying, forbidding, refusing, or expressing the opposite of something: I did not see him; I didn't see him; He isn't here; Isn't he coming?; They told me not to go; Not a single person came to the party; We're going to London, not Paris; That's not true!) no

2) (used with certain verbs such as hope, seem, believe, expect and also with be afraid: `Have you got much money?' `I'm afraid not'; `Is he going to fail his exam?' `I hope not'.) no

•

- not at all

not adv no

not

tr[nɒt] (La forma contracta es n't: isn't, aren't, doesn't)

adverb

1 no

■ I did not steal it no lo robé

■ she told me not to tell anyone me dijo que no lo dijera a nadie

■ I hope/suppose not espero/supongo que no

■ are you coming or not? ¿vienes o no?

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

not likely! ¡ni hablar!

not that... no es que...

■ where is he?, not that I mind, of course ¿dónde está?, no es que me importe, claro está

not to say... por no decir...

not ['nɑt] adv

1) (used to form a negative) : no

she is not tired: no está cansada

not to say something would be wrong: no decir nada sería injusto

2) (used to replace a negative clause) : no

are we going or not?: ¿vamos a ir o no?

of course not!: ¡claro que no!

not

adv.

• nada adv.

• no adv.

nɑːt, nɒt
adverb

a) no

I asked them not to tell anyone — les pedí que no se lo dijeran a nadie

not to go would have been rude — no ir hubiera sido una grosería

not to worry — (BrE) no importa

a not inconsiderable sum of money — (frml) una suma de dinero bastante considerable

oh, no, not you again! — Dios mío! ¿tú otra vez?

that's mine - it is not! — eso es mío - no, señor!

b)

not that — (as conj)

I'm going to London, not that it's any business of yours — voy a Londres, no es que a ti te importe, pero...

c) ( emphatic) ni

not a penny more — ni un penique más

d) ( replacing clause)

I hope not — - espero que no

I should think not! — claro que no!; faltaría más!

certainly not! — de ninguna manera!

of course not! — por supuesto or claro que no!

are you going to help me or not? — ¿me vas a ayudar o no?

[nɒt]
ADV
1) (with vb)
The word not is often contracted to n't on the end of modals, auxiliaries and parts of the verb to be in everyday language. no
I'm not sure — no estoy seguro

he's not here, he isn't here — no está aquí

it wasn't me — yo no fui

it's too late, isn't it? — es demasiado tarde, ¿no?

you owe me money, don't you? — me debes dinero, ¿verdad? or (esp LAm) ¿no es cierto?

she won't go, she will not go — no irá

I don't think she'll come now — ya no creo que venga

• he asked me not to do it — me pidió que no lo hiciera

• fear not! — ¡no temas!

• I hope not — espero que no

• I suppose not — supongo que no

• to tell sb not to do sth — decir a algn que no haga algo

• I think not — creo que no

not thinking that... — sin pensar que...

2) (with pronoun etc)

not one — ni uno

not me/you etc — yo/tú etc no

not I! — ¡yo no!

not everybody can do it — no lo puede hacer cualquiera, no todos pueden hacerlo

not any more — ya no
even 2., 3)
3) (in expressions)

• absolutely not! — ¡en absoluto!

• not at all — (after verb) no... en absoluto; (responding to thanks) ¡de nada!, ¡no hay de qué!

I don't mind at all — no me importa en absoluto

it doesn't hurt at all — no duele nada de nada, no duele para nada

"are you cold?" - "not at all!" — -¿tienes frío? -¡en absoluto! or -¡qué va!

"you don't mind?" - "not at all!" — -¿no te importa? -¡en absoluto!

he's not at all selfish — no es nada egoísta

• certainly not! — ¡en absoluto!

• of course not! — ¡claro que no!

• not a few... — no pocos...

• not for anything (in the world) — por nada (del mundo)

• not guilty — no culpable

• the not inconsiderable sum of £30,000 — la nada despreciable suma de 30.000 libras

• not likely! — ¡ni hablar!

• with not a little surprise — con no poca sorpresa

• are you coming or not? — ¿vienes o no?

whether you go or not — tanto si vas como si no

• "did you like it?" - "not really" — -¿te gustó? -no mucho

• big, not to say enormous — grande, por no decir enorme

• the young and the not so young — los jóvenes y los no tan jóvenes

• I shan't be sorry to see the last of him — no voy a sentirlo cuando lo pierda de vista

• not that I don't like him — no es que no me guste

not that I know of — no que yo sepa

• why not? — ¿por qué no?

• not without some regrets — no sin cierto pesar

• not yet — todavía no

they haven't arrived yet — todavía no han llegado
likely 2., mention 2., much 2., 1), only 2., 6)
* * *
[nɑːt, nɒt]
adverb

a) no

I asked them not to tell anyone — les pedí que no se lo dijeran a nadie

not to go would have been rude — no ir hubiera sido una grosería

not to worry — (BrE) no importa

a not inconsiderable sum of money — (frml) una suma de dinero bastante considerable

oh, no, not you again! — Dios mío! ¿tú otra vez?

that's mine - it is not! — eso es mío - no, señor!

b)

not that — (as conj)

I'm going to London, not that it's any business of yours — voy a Londres, no es que a ti te importe, pero...

c) ( emphatic) ni

not a penny more — ni un penique más

d) ( replacing clause)

I hope not — - espero que no

I should think not! — claro que no!; faltaría más!

certainly not! — de ninguna manera!

of course not! — por supuesto or claro que no!

are you going to help me or not? — ¿me vas a ayudar o no?

English-spanish dictionary > not
3 do

du:
1. 3rd person singular present tense - does; verb
1) (used with a more important verb in questions and negative statements: Do you smoke?) 0

2) (used with a more important verb for emphasis; ; ðo sit down) 0

3) (used to avoid repeating a verb which comes immediately before: I thought she wouldn't come, but she did.) 0

4) (used with a more important verb after seldom, rarely and little: Little did he know what was in store for him.) 0

5) (to carry out or perform: What shall I do?; That was a terrible thing to do.) hacer

6) (to manage to finish or complete: When you've done that, you can start on this; We did a hundred kilometres in an hour.) hacer

7) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) hacer

8) (to be enough or suitable for a purpose: Will this piece of fish do two of us?; That'll do nicely; Do you want me to look for a blue one or will a pink one do?; Will next Saturday do for our next meeting?) servir, ir bien, ser suficiente

9) (to work at or study: She's doing sums; He's at university doing science.) hacer, dedicarse, estudiar

10) (to manage or prosper: How's your wife doing?; My son is doing well at school.) ir

11) (to put in order or arrange: She's doing her hair.) arreglar

12) (to act or behave: Why don't you do as we do?) hacer, comportarse, actuar

13) (to give or show: The whole town gathered to do him honour.) hacer

14) (to cause: What damage did the storm do?; It won't do him any harm.) causar, hacer

15) (to see everything and visit everything in: They tried to do London in four days.) visitar

2. noun
(an affair or a festivity, especially a party: The school is having a do for Christmas.) fiesta, evento

- doer
- doings
- done
- do-it-yourself
- to-do
- I
- he could be doing with / could do with
- do away with
- do for
- done for
- done in
- do out
- do out of
- do's and don'ts
- do without
- to do with
- what are you doing with

do vb hacer

I must do my homework tengo que hacer los deberes

what are you doing? ¿qué haces?

we're doing German at school damos alemán en el colegio

could do with necesitar

I could do with a shower necesito una ducha

do as you are told! ¡haz lo que se te dice!

how do you do? ¿cómo está usted?

Con este saludo, la respuesta típica es también how do you do?

to do you good sentarte bien / irte bien

this medicine will do you good este medicamento te irá bien

to do well ir bien / tener éxito

he's doing well at school va bien en el colegio

what do you do? ¿a qué te dedicas? / ¿cuál es tu trabajo?do también se emplea para formular las preguntas en presente

do you like dancing? ¿te gusta bailar?

do elephants live in Asia? ¿viven los elefantes en Asia?

El pasado y participio pasado de do son did; el gerundio se escribe doing

Multiple Entries: D.O. do do.
do sustantivo masculino ( nota) C; ( en solfeo) do, doh (BrE);
◊ do de pecho high C, top C

do sustantivo masculino Mús (de solfeo) doh, do (de escala diatónica) C
do bemol, C-flat
do de pecho, high C
do sostenido, C-sharp Locuciones: dar el do de pecho, to do one's very best 'do' also found in these entries: Spanish: abrochar - acomodada - acomodado - acompañar - anda - animarse - apetecer - apostarse - aprender - arte - así - atañer - atonía - atreverse - bajeza - bastar - bastante - bastarse - bien - bola - bordar - brazo - bricolaje - broma - caballo - cacharro - cada - calaña - campar - capaz - cara - cargar - cascabel - casual - cepillarse - cerrar - colada - coletilla - comer - comandita - comecome - como - componer - componenda - compromiso - común - con - contentarse - contrapelo - corpachón English: about-face - about-turn - actually - advance - again - agree - aim to - all - all-out - allow - any - approachable - approve of - as - ask - aspect - associate - attempt - attribute - authorize - bankrupt - begin - best - born - bunk - burden - business - busywork - by - C - call - can - carry-on - cast - cease - cheap - chief - choose - cleaning - clear - come through - command - commit - compel - compelling - complaint - compute - conception - condescend - condition

do

tr[dʊː]

auxiliar (3rd pers sing pres does, pt did tr[dɪd], pp done tr[dʌn], ger doing)

1 (used in questions) no se traduce

■ do you smoke? ¿fumas?

■ do you know Susan? ¿conoces a Susan?

■ what do they want? ¿qué quieren?

■ where does Neil live? ¿dónde vive Neil?

■ what film did you see? ¿qué película viste?

■ when did they leave? ¿cuándo se fueron?

2 (used in negatives) no se traduce

■ I don't want to go no quiero ir

■ I don't play tennis no juego al tenis

■ they don't like meat no les gusta la carne

■ she doesn't live in London no vive en Londres

■ he didn't watch the match no vio el partido

■ we didn't go out yesterday no salimos ayer

3 (emphatic)

■ do come with us! ¡ánimo, vente con nosotros!

■ I do like your dress me encanta tu vestido

■ I did post it, I swear! ¡sí que lo mandé, te lo juro!

4 (substituting main verb)

■ do you like basketball? - yes, I do ¿te gusta el baloncesto? - sí, me gusta

■ did you see the film? - no, I didn't ¿viste la película? - no, no la vi

■ he plays chess and so do I él juega al ajedrez y yo también

■ I don't feel well - neither do I no me encuentro bien - yo tampoco

■ she likes jazz and so does he a ella le gusta el jazz y a él también

■ they went to the concert and so did we ellos fueron al concierto y nosotros también

■ who wears glasses? - Brian does ¿quién lleva gafas? - Brian

■ who broke the vase? - I did ¿quién rompió el florero? - yo

5 (in question tags)

■ you don't smoke, do you? no fumas, ¿verdad?

■ you like fish, don't you? a ti te gusta el pescado, ¿verdad?

■ she lives in Madrid, doesn't she? vive en Madrid, ¿verdad?

■ you went to their wedding, didn't you? tú fuiste a su boda, ¿verdad?

■ they didn't believe you, did they? no te creyeron, ¿verdad?

transitive verb

1 (gen) hacer

■ what are you doing here? ¿qué haces aquí?

■ what are you doing this weekend? ¿qué vas a hacer este fin de semana?

■ we'll have to do something about that door tendremos que hacer algo con esa puerta

■ do the right thing haz lo que debas

■ there's nothing to do in this town no hay nada que hacer en este pueblo

■ you do nothing but complain no haces más que quejarte

■ whatever you do, don't drink alcohol hagas lo que hagas, no bebas alcohol

■ what can I do about it? ¿qué quieres que haga yo?

2 (as job) hacer, dedicarse

■ what do you do (for a living)? ¿a qué te dedicas?

■ what does he want to do when he leaves university? ¿a qué quiere dedicarse cuando deje la universidad?

3 (carry out - job, task) hacer, realizar, llevar a cabo; (- duty) cumplir con

■ I've got to do the cooking/cleaning tengo que cocinar/limpiar

■ have you done your homework? ¿has hecho los deberes?

■ we do the shopping on Saturdays hacemos la compra los sábados

4 (study) estudiar

■ do you do biology at school? ¿estudias biología en el instituto?

■ we're doing Shakespeare this year estamos estudiando a Shakespeare este curso

■ she's doing French at university estudia filología francesa en la Universidad

■ he did Politics at Oxford estudió Ciencias Políticas en Oxford

5 (solve - puzzle) solucionar; (- crossword, sum) hacer

6 (produce, make - meal) preparar, hacer; (drawing, painting, translation, etc) hacer; (offer - service) servir, tener, hacer; (- discount) hacer

■ does this pub do food? ¿sirven comidas en este pub?

7 (attend to) atender, servir

■ what can I do for you? ¿en qué le puedo servir?

8 (put on, produce - play, opera, etc) presentar, dar, poner en escena; (play the part of) hacer el papel de

9 (finish, complete) terminar

■ have you done moaning? ¿has terminado de protestar?

10 (achieve) lograr, conseguir

■ he's done it! ¡lo ha conseguido!

11 (travel over - distance) recorrer, hacer; (complete - journey) hacer, ir; (travel at - speed) ir a

■ that car was doing at least 150kph aquel coche iba como mínimo a 150 kilómetros por hora

■ we did London to Nottingham in two and a half hours fuimos de Londres a Nottingham en dos horas y media

12 (be sufficient for) ser suficiente; (be satisfactory for, acceptable to) ir bien a

■ will 6 glasses do you? ¿será suficiente con seis vasos?

■ yes, that will do me nicely sí, eso me irá perfectamente

13 familiar (cheat, swindle) estafar, timar; (rob) robar; (arrest, convict) coger; (fine) encajar una multa; (serve time in prison) cumplir

■ you've been done! ¡te han timado!

intransitive verb

1 (act, behave) hacer

■ you'll do as you're told harás lo que te digan

■ do as I do haz lo que yo hago

■ do as you would be done by trata a los demás como tú quisieras ser tratado

2 (progress) ir

■ how are you doing? ¿qué tal vas?, ¿cómo te van las cosas?

■ she did badly in the exams le fueron mal los exámenes

■ both mother and baby are doing well madre e hija se encuentran bien

■ how are we doing for time? ¿cómo andamos de tiempo?

■ he's done really well for himself ha prosperado mucho

■ we did quite well out of that hemos salido bastante bien parados de eso

3 (complete, finish) terminar

■ have you done with the hairdryer? ¿has terminado con el secador?

4 (be sufficient) bastar, ser suficiente, alcanzar

■ will one slice do for you? ¿tendrás suficiente con una rebanada?

■ that'll do! ¡basta!

5 (be satisfactory, suitable) servir, estar bien

■ well, I suppose it'll have to do bueno, supongo que tendrá que servir

■ it doesn't do to be late no hay que llegar tarde

■ it (just/simply) won't do no puede ser

■ this cushion will do as/for a pillow este cojín servirá de almohada

noun

1 familiar (party) fiesta, guateque nombre masculino

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

how do you do? (greeting) ¿cómo está usted? 2 (answer) mucho gusto, encantado,-a

that does it! ¡esto ya es la gota que colma el vaso!, ¡ya está bien!

to be/have to do with somebody/something tener que ver con alguien/algo

■ it has nothing to do with you no tiene nada que ver contigo

■ his job has something to do with computers su trabajo está relacionado con los ordenadores

to do business with somebody negociar con alguien

to do drugs drogarse, consumir drogas

to do one's best hacer lo mejor posible

to do one's hair peinarse

to do one's military service hacer el servicio militar

to do one's nails arreglarse las uñas

to do something again volver a hacer algo

to do something for somebody (help) hacer algo por alguien 2 (flatter, suit) favorecer a alguien, quedarle bien a alguien 3 (please) atraer a alguien, decirle algo a alguien

what's done is done a lo hecho, pecho

you've done it now ahora sí que la has hecho buena

do's and don'ts reglas nombre femenino plural de conducta, normas nombre femenino plural

do ['du:] v, did ['dɪd] ; done ['dʌn] ; doing ; does ['dʌz] vt

1) carry out, perform: hacer, realizar, llevar a cabo

she did her best: hizo todo lo posible

2) prepare: preparar, hacer

do your homework: haz tu tarea

3) arrange: arreglar, peinar (el pelo)

4)

to do in ruin: estropear, arruinar

5)

to do in kill: matar, liquidar fam

do vi

1) : hacer

you did well: hiciste bien

2) fare: estar, ir, andar

how are you doing?: ¿cómo estás?, ¿cómo te va?

3) finish: terminar

now I'm done: ya terminé

4) serve: servir, ser suficiente, alcanzar

this will do for now: esto servirá por el momento

5)

to do away with abolish: abolir, suprimir

6)

to do away with kill: eliminar, matar

7)

to do by treat: tratar

he does well by her: él la trata bien

do v aux

1) (used in interrogative sentences and negative statements)

do you know her?: ¿la conoces?

I don't like that: a mí no me gusta eso

2) (used for emphasis)

I do hope you'll come: espero que vengas

3) (used as a substitute verb to avoid repetition)

do you speak English? yes, I do: ¿habla inglés? sí

do (sth.) in (To destroy)

expr.

• cargarse v.

• eliminar v.

• liquidar v.

do (sth.) in a picky way

expr.

• buscarle tres pies al gato expr.

• encontrarle defectos a todo expr.

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: did, done) = arreglar v.

• desempeñar v.

• ejecutar v.

• hacer v.

(§pres: hago, haces...) pret: hic-

pp: hecho

fut/c: har-•)

• obrar v.

• resolver v.

I
1. duː, weak form dʊ, də
(3rd pers sing pres does; pres doing; past did; past p done) transitive verb

1) hacer*

do something! — haz algo!

are you doing anything this evening? — ¿vas a hacer algo esta noche?

to have something/nothing to do — tener* algo/no tener* nada que hacer

it was a silly thing to do — fue una estupidez

can I do anything to help? — ¿puedo ayudar en algo?

he does a lot for charity — trabaja mucho para obras de caridad

what have you done to your hair? — ¿qué te has hecho en el pelo?

I don't know what I'm going to do with you! — no sé qué voy a hacer contigo!; see also do with

2) ( carry out) \<\<job/task\>\> hacer*

to do one's homework — hacer* los deberes

to do the cooking — cocinar

let me do the talking — déjame hablar a mí

well done! — muy bien!

3) ( as job)

what do you do? — ¿usted qué hace or a qué se dedica?

what does he do for a living? — ¿en qué trabaja?

4) (achieve, bring about)

she's done it: it's a new world record — lo ha logrado: es una nueva marca mundial

it was climbing those stairs that did it — fue por subir esa escalera

now you've done it! — ahora sí que la has hecho buena! (iró)

he's late again: that does it! — vuelve a llegar tarde esto ya es la gota que colma el vaso!

to do something for somebody/something: that mustache really does something for him la verdad es que le queda muy bien el bigote; what has EC membership done for Greece? — ¿en qué ha beneficiado a Grecia ser miembro de la CE?

5)

a) (fix, arrange, repair)

I have to do my nails — me tengo que arreglar las uñas

she had her hair done — se hizo peinar

b) ( clean) \<\<dishes\>\> lavar; \<\<brass/windows\>\> limpiar

6) (make, produce)

a) \<\<meal\>\> preparar, hacer*

would you do the carrots? — ¿me preparas (or pelas etc) las zanahorias?

b) \<\<drawinganslation\>\> hacer*

he doesn't do live concerts any more — ya no da más conciertos en vivo

7) (BrE) ( offer)

they do a set meal for £12 — tienen un menú de 12 libras

8) (suffice for, suit)

two shirts will do me — con dos camisas me alcanza or tengo suficiente

9) ( travel)

he was doing 100 mph — iba a 100 millas por hora

the car has only done 4,000 miles — el coche sólo tiene 4.000 millas

10)

a) ( study) estudiar

we're doing Balzac — estamos estudiando Balzac

b) ( visit) (colloq) \<\<sights/museum\>\> visitar

we did Europe last year — el año pasado recorrimos Europa

11) ( Theat)

a) ( play role of) hacer* el papel de

b) ( take part in) \<\<play\>\> actuar* en

c) ( impersonate) imitar

12) (colloq) ( serve in prison) cumplir

he's doing eight years for armed robbery — está cumpliendo ocho años por atraco a mano armada

13) (BrE colloq)

a) (catch, prosecute) agarrar

he was done for speeding — le encajaron una multa por exceso de velocidad (fam)

b) ( cheat) estafar, timar

I've been done! — me han estafado or timado!

14) ( use) (sl)

to do drugs — drogarse*, consumir drogas

15) (colloq) ( finish) terminar

are o (esp BrE) have you done complaining? — ¿has terminado de quejarte?

2.

vi

1) (act, behave) hacer*

do as you're told! — haz lo que se te dice!

2) (get along, manage)

how are you doing? — ¿qué tal estás or andas or te va?

how do you do? — ( as greeting) mucho gusto, encantado

how do? — (colloq & dial) ¿qué tal?

how are we doing for time/cash? — ¿cómo or qué tal vamos or andamos de tiempo/dinero?

she did well/badly in her exams — le fue bien/mal en los exámenes

he's done well for himself — ha sabido abrirse camino

to do well/badly out of something — salir* bien/mal parado de algo

3) (go on, happen) (colloq) (in -ing form)

there's nothing doing in town — no pasa nada en el pueblo

nothing doing! — ni hablar!, ni lo sueñes!

4)

a) (be suitable, acceptable)

look, this won't do! — mira, esto no puede ser!

it's not ideal, but it'll do — no es lo ideal, pero sirve

I'm not going to cook, bread and cheese will do for them! — no pienso cocinar, se tendrán que conformar con pan y queso

it doesn't do to get emotional — no hay que ponerse sentimental

b)

to do for o as something: this box will do for o as a table — esta caja nos servirá de mesa

5) ( be enough) ser* suficiente, alcanzar*, bastar

one bottle will do — con una botella basta or es suficiente

one egg will do for me — un huevo es suficiente para mí

that'll do! shut up! — basta! cállate la boca!

6) ( finish) (in past p) terminar

I'm not o (BrE) I haven't done yet! — no he terminado todavía

7)

his concern to do well by his son — su preocupación por hacer todo lo posible por su hijo

do as you would be done by — trata a los demás como tú quisieras ser tratado

3.

1) Sense I

v aux [El verbo auxiliar do se usa para formar el negativo (I 1) y el interrogativo (I 2), para agregar énfasis (I 3) o para sustituir a un verbo usado anteriormente (II)]

2)

a) (used to form negative)

I do not o don't know — no sé

I did not o didn't see her — no la vi

do not touch! — no tocar

b) (with inversion after negative adv)

3)

a)

(used to form interrogative)

Ex:

does this belong to you? — ¿esto es tuyo?

did I frighten you? — ¿te asusté?

/Ex:

b)

(in exclamations)

Ex:

doesn't it make you sick! — dime si no es asqueante!

boy, do you need a bath! — Dios mío! qué falta te hace un baño!

/Ex:

4)

a)

( emphasizing)

Ex:

you do exaggerate! — cómo exageras!

you must admit, she did look ill — tienes que reconocer que tenía mala cara

do be quiet! — ¿te quieres callar?

do please help yourself — sírvete por favor

/Ex:

b)

( expressing alternatives)

Ex:

I haven't decided, but if I do accept... — todavía no lo he decidido, pero si aceptara...

/Ex:

not once did he apologize — no se disculpó ni siquiera una vez

not only does it cost more, it also... — no sólo cuesta más, sino que también...

c) ( in legal formulae)

Sense II

5)

(in elliptical uses)

Ex:

do you live here? - yes, I do/no, I don't — ¿vives aquí? - sí/no

she wanted to come, but he didn't — ella quería venir, pero él no

she found it in your drawer - oh, did she? — lo encontró en tu cajón - ¿ah, sí?

I don't need a haircut - yes, you do! — no necesito cortarme el pelo - cómo que no!

she says she understands, but she doesn't — dice que comprende, pero no es así

I play the guitar - so do I — toco la guitarra - yo también

I don't like her music - I do — no me gusta su música - a mí sí

/Ex:

6)

(in tag questions)

Ex:

you know Bob, don't you? — conoces a Bob, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?

I told you, didn't I? — te lo dije ¿no? or ¿no es cierto?

/Ex:

I, Charles Brown, do solemnly swear that... — yo, Charles Brown, juro solemnemente que...

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- do away with

- do down

- do for

- do in

- do out

- do out of

- do over

- do up

- do with

- do without

II duː
noun (pl dos)

1) c (party, gathering) (colloq) fiesta f, reunión f

2) ( state of affairs) (colloq) (no pl)

fair dos — (BrE colloq)

fair dos all round — a partes iguales para todos; (as interj) seamos justos!

3)

do's and don'ts — ( rules) normas fpl

the do's and don'ts of foreign travel — qué hacer y qué evitar cuando se viaja al extranjero

III dəʊ
noun (pl dos) ( Mus) do m

I [duː] ( 3rd pers sing present does) (pt did) (pp done)
1. TRANSITIVE VERB

1) hacer

what are you doing tonight? — ¿qué haces esta noche?

I would never do a thing like that — yo nunca haría una cosa así

what's this doing on my chair? — ¿qué hace esto en mi silla?

I've got nothing to do — no tengo nada que hacer

he does nothing but complain — no hace más que quejarse

what's to be done? — ¿qué se puede hacer?

what's the weather doing? — ¿qué tal tiempo hace?

• to do sth again — volver a hacer algo, hacer algo de nuevo

it will have to be done again — habrá que volver a hacerlo, habrá que hacerlo de nuevo

• what's he ever done for me? — ¿qué ha hecho él por mí?

what can I do for you? — ¿en qué puedo servirle?, ¿qué se le ofrece? (LAm)

could you do something for me? — ¿me podrías hacer un favor?

what are we going to do for money? — ¿de dónde vamos a sacar dinero?

that dress doesn't do a lot for you * — este vestido no te queda muy bien

the new measures will do a lot for small businesses — las nuevas medidas serán de gran ayuda para las pequeñas empresas

after the accident she couldn't do much for herself — después del accidente casi no podía valerse por sí misma

• if you do anything to him I'll kill you — si le haces algo te mato

what's he done to his hair? — ¿qué se ha hecho en el pelo?

I could see what the stress was doing to him — era evidente cómo le estaba afectando el estrés

• what have you done with my slippers? — ¿dónde has puesto mis zapatillas?

what am I going to do with you? — ¿qué voy a hacer contigo?

what are you doing with yourself these days? — ¿qué haces ahora?

what am I going to do with myself for the rest of the day? — ¿qué puedo hacer el resto del día?

she didn't know what to do with herself once the children had left home — se encontró un poco perdida cuando sus hijos se fueron de casa
living 2., 1)
2) (=carry out) [+ work, essay] hacer

the work is being done by a local builder — un albañil de la zona está haciendo el trabajo

I've got a few jobs that need doing around the house — tengo algunas cosas que hacer en la casa

she was doing the crossword — estaba haciendo el crucigrama

to do the washing — hacer la colada
Some [do] + noun combinations require a more specific Spanish verb:
• Edmund does all the accounts — Edmund se encarga de or lleva la contabilidad

• to do the cooking — cocinar

• he did a drawing/ portrait of her — la dibujó/retrató, hizo un dibujo/retrato de ella

• to do one's duty (by sb) — cumplir con su deber (con algn)

• to do the ironing — planchar

• we did a lot of talking — hablamos mucho

3) (=clean)

• to do the dishes — lavar los platos

• to do the silver — limpiar la plata

• to do one's teeth — lavarse los dientes

4) (=arrange, prepare) [+ vegetables] preparar; [+ room] hacer, arreglar

this room needs doing — hay que hacer or arreglar esta habitación

• to do the flowers — arreglar las flores

• to do one's nails — hacerse or arreglarse las uñas
hair 1., 1)
5) (=spend) pasar

he did six years (in jail) — pasó seis años en la cárcel

he did two years as ambassador in Lagos — estuvo dos años como embajador en Lagos

I did five years as a policeman — fui policía durante cinco años

they have to do two years military service — tienen que hacer dos años de servicio militar

6) (=finish)

I've only done three pages — solo he hecho tres páginas

now you've (gone and) done it! * — ¡ahora sí que la has hecho buena! *

that's done it! * we're stuck now — ¡la hemos fastidiado! * ahora no podemos salir de aquí

that does it! * that's the last time I lend him my car — ¡es el colmo! or ¡hasta aquí hemos llegado!, es la última vez que le dejo el coche

have you done moaning? * — ¿has acabado de quejarte?
good 2., 2)
7) (=offer, make available)

they do a summer course in painting — dan un curso de verano de pintura

we only do one make of gloves — solo tenemos una marca de guantes

they do an estate version of this car — fabrican un modelo familiar de este coche

we do evening meals if ordered in advance — servimos cenas si se encargan con antelación

I can do you a discount on this model — le puedo hacer un descuento en este modelo

8) (=study) [+ university course, option] hacer, estudiar

I want to do Physics at university — quiero hacer or estudiar física en la universidad

to do Italian — hacer or estudiar italiano

we're doing Orwell this term — estamos estudiando a Orwell este trimestre

9) (Theat) [+ play] representar, poner; [+ part] hacer

he did King Lear in a BBC production — hizo (el papel) de King Lear en una producción de la BBC

10) (=mimic) [+ person] imitar

he does his maths master to perfection — imita a su profesor de matemáticas a la perfección

she was doing the worried mother bit ** — hacía el numerito de la típica madre preocupada *

11) (Aut, Rail etc) (=travel at) [+ speed] ir a; (=cover) [+ distance] cubrir

the car can do 100 miles per hour — el coche puede ir a 100 millas por hora

the car was doing 100 miles per hour — el coche iba a 100 millas por hora

we've done 200km already — ya hemos hecho 200km

we did London to Edinburgh in 8 hours — fuimos de Londres a Edimburgo en 8 horas

12) (=attend to)

the barber said he'd do me next — el barbero dijo que después me tocaría a mí

they do you very well in this hotel — en este hotel te dan muy buen servicio
proud
13) * (=visit) [+ city, museum] visitar, recorrer; [+ country] visitar, viajar por

we did six countries in an 8-week tour — visitamos seis países durante un viaje de 8 semanas

14) * (=be suitable, sufficient for)

will a kilo do you? — ¿le va bien un kilo?

that'll do me nicely — (=be suitable) eso me vendrá muy bien; (=suffice) con eso me basta

15) * (=cheat) estafar, timar; (=rob) robar

I've been done! — ¡me han estafado or timado!

16) * (=prosecute) procesar; (=fine) multar

she was done for shoplifting — la procesaron por robar en una tienda

he was done for speeding — le multaron por exceso de velocidad

17) * (=beat up) dar una paliza a

I'll do you if I get hold of you! — ¡te voy a dar una paliza como te pille!

2. INTRANSITIVE VERB

1) (=act) hacer

do as I do — haz como yo

• you would do better to accept — sería aconsejable que aceptaras

• he did right — hizo lo correcto

• do as you think best — haga lo que mejor le parezca

• do as you are told! — ¡haz lo que te digo!

• she was up and doing at 6 o'clock — a las 6 de la mañana ya estaba levantada y trajinando

• you would do well to take his advice — harías bien en seguir su consejo

• you could do a lot worse than marry her — casarte con ella no es lo peor que podrías hacer
well I, 1., 1)
2) (=get on)

• he did badly in the exam — le fue mal en el examen

the team hasn't done badly this season — al equipo no le ha ido mal esta temporada

you didn't do so badly — no lo has hecho del todo mal

• you can do better than that — (essay, drawing) puedes hacerlo mejor; iro (=find better excuse) ¡y qué más!

• how is your father doing? — ¿cómo está tu padre?, ¿cómo le va a tu padre?

how are you doing? * — ¿qué tal?, ¿cómo te va?

how did you do in the audition? — ¿qué tal or cómo te fue en la audición?

• he's doing well at school — le va bien en el colegio

her son's doing well for himself — a su hijo le van muy bien las cosas

his business is doing well — los negocios le van bien

the patient is doing well — el paciente está respondiendo bien

the roses are doing well this year — las rosas han florecido muy bien este año
how do you do? (greeting) ¿cómo está usted?, gusto en conocerlo (LAm); (as answer) ¡mucho gusto!, ¡encantado!
3) (=be suitable)

• it doesn't do to upset her — cuidado con ofenderla

• will this one do? — ¿te parece bien este?

this room will do — esta habitación ya me va bien

will it do if I come back at eight? — ¿va bien si vuelvo a las ocho?

will tomorrow do? — ¿iría bien mañana?

it's not exactly what I wanted, but it will or it'll do — no es exactamente lo que quería pero servirá

this coat will do as a blanket — este abrigo servirá de manta

that will have to do — tendremos que conformarnos con eso

• that won't do, you'll have to do it again — así no está bien, tendrás que volver a hacerlo

• you can't go on your own, that would never do! — no podemos consentir que vayas sola, ¡eso no puede ser!
make 1., 4)
4) (=be sufficient) bastar

• three bottles of wine should do — bastará con tres botellas de vino

• will £20 do? — ¿bastarán 20 libras?, ¿tendrás bastante con 20 libras?

that'll do — con eso basta

that will do! — ¡basta ya!

that will do for the moment — de momento ya está bien

5) (=happen)

there's not much doing in this town — no hay mucha animación en esta ciudad

"could you lend me £50?" - "nothing doing!" — -¿me podrías prestar 50 libras? -¡de ninguna manera! or -¡ni hablar!

6) * (=finish) (in past tenses only) terminar, acabar

have you done? — ¿ya has terminado or acabado?

don't take it away, I've not done yet — no te lo lleves, ¡aún no he terminado or acabado!

I haven't done telling you — ¡no he terminado de contarte!

• I've done with travelling — ya no voy a viajar más, he renunciado a los viajes

I've done with all that nonsense — ya no tengo nada que ver or ya he terminado con todas esas tonterías

have you done with that book? — ¿has terminado con este libro?

7) * (=clean) hacer la limpieza (en casa)

I've got a lady who does for me — tengo una señora que me viene a hacer la limpieza en la casa

3. AUXILIARY VERB
There is no equivalent in Spanish to the use of in questions, negative statements and negative commands.
1) (in questions)

do you understand? — ¿comprendes?, ¿entiendes?

where does he live? — ¿dónde vive?

didn't you like it? — ¿no te gustó?

why didn't you come? — ¿por qué no viniste?

2) (negation)

I don't understand — no entiendo or comprendo

don't let's argue — no discutamos

don't worry! — ¡no te preocupes!

don't you tell me what to do! — ¡no me digas lo que tengo que hacer!

she did not go — no fue

3) (for emphasis)

do tell me! — ¡dímelo, por favor!

do sit down — siéntese, por favor, tome asiento, por favor frm

she does look lovely in that dress — está preciosa con este vestido

I do hope so — así lo espero

I do wish I could come with you — ¡ojalá pudiera ir contigo!

but I do like it! — ¡sí que me gusta!, ¡por supuesto que me gusta!

so you do know him! — ¡así que sí lo conoces!

but I did do it — pero sí que lo hice

4) (with inversion)

rarely does it happen that... — rara vez ocurre que...

not once did they offer to pay — no se ofrecieron a pagar ni una sola vez

5) (verb substitute)

a)

you speak better than I do — tú hablas mejor que yo

"did you fix the car?" - "I did" — -¿arreglaste el coche? -sí

"I love it" - "so do I" — -me encanta -a mí también

I don't like sport and neither does he — no me gusta el deporte ni a él tampoco

you didn't see him but I did — tú no lo viste pero yo sí

I told him he'd fail and he did — le dije que iba a suspender y suspendió

he went for a walk as he often did — fue a dar un paseo como solía hacer

she always says she'll come but she never does — siempre dice que vendrá pero nunca viene

"he borrowed the car" - "oh he did, did he?" — -pidió el coche prestado -¿ah sí? ¡no me digas!

I like this colour, don't you? — me gusta este color, ¿a ti no?

"do you speak English?" - "yes, I do/no I don't" — -¿habla usted inglés? -sí, hablo inglés/no, no hablo inglés

"may I come in?" - "(please) do!" — -¿se puede pasar? -¡pasa (por favor)!

"who made this mess?" - "I did" — -¿quién lo ha desordenado todo? -fui yo

"shall I ring her again?" - "no, don't!" — -¿la llamo otra vez? -¡no, no la llames!

b) (in question tags)

he lives here, doesn't he? — vive aquí, ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto? or ¿no?

I don't know him, do I? — no lo conozco, ¿verdad?

it doesn't matter, does it? — no importa, ¿no?

she said that, did she? — ¿eso es lo que dijo?

4. NOUN

1) (Brit) * (=party) fiesta f ; (=formal gathering) reunión f

they had a big do for their twenty-fifth anniversary — dieron una gran fiesta por su vigésimo quinto aniversario

2) (in phrases)

• the do's and don'ts of buying a house — lo que debe y lo que no debe hacerse al comprar una casa

he gave us a series of dos and don'ts — nos explicó lo que podíamos y lo que no podíamos hacer

• fair dos! * — (=be fair) ¡hay que ser justo!, ¡seamos justos!; (=fair shares) ¡a partes iguales!

• it's a poor do when... — es una vergüenza cuando...

- do away with

- do by

- do down

- do for

- do in

- do out

- do over

- do up

- do with

- do without

II

[dǝʊ]
N (Mus) do m
* * *

I
1. [duː], weak form [dʊ, də]
(3rd pers sing pres does; pres doing; past did; past p done) transitive verb

1) hacer*

do something! — haz algo!

are you doing anything this evening? — ¿vas a hacer algo esta noche?

to have something/nothing to do — tener* algo/no tener* nada que hacer

it was a silly thing to do — fue una estupidez

can I do anything to help? — ¿puedo ayudar en algo?

he does a lot for charity — trabaja mucho para obras de caridad

what have you done to your hair? — ¿qué te has hecho en el pelo?

I don't know what I'm going to do with you! — no sé qué voy a hacer contigo!; see also do with

2) ( carry out) \<\<job/task\>\> hacer*

to do one's homework — hacer* los deberes

to do the cooking — cocinar

let me do the talking — déjame hablar a mí

well done! — muy bien!

3) ( as job)

what do you do? — ¿usted qué hace or a qué se dedica?

what does he do for a living? — ¿en qué trabaja?

4) (achieve, bring about)

she's done it: it's a new world record — lo ha logrado: es una nueva marca mundial

it was climbing those stairs that did it — fue por subir esa escalera

now you've done it! — ahora sí que la has hecho buena! (iró)

he's late again: that does it! — vuelve a llegar tarde esto ya es la gota que colma el vaso!

to do something for somebody/something: that mustache really does something for him la verdad es que le queda muy bien el bigote; what has EC membership done for Greece? — ¿en qué ha beneficiado a Grecia ser miembro de la CE?

5)

a) (fix, arrange, repair)

I have to do my nails — me tengo que arreglar las uñas

she had her hair done — se hizo peinar

b) ( clean) \<\<dishes\>\> lavar; \<\<brass/windows\>\> limpiar

6) (make, produce)

a) \<\<meal\>\> preparar, hacer*

would you do the carrots? — ¿me preparas (or pelas etc) las zanahorias?

b) \<\<drawing/translation\>\> hacer*

he doesn't do live concerts any more — ya no da más conciertos en vivo

7) (BrE) ( offer)

they do a set meal for £12 — tienen un menú de 12 libras

8) (suffice for, suit)

two shirts will do me — con dos camisas me alcanza or tengo suficiente

9) ( travel)

he was doing 100 mph — iba a 100 millas por hora

the car has only done 4,000 miles — el coche sólo tiene 4.000 millas

10)

a) ( study) estudiar

we're doing Balzac — estamos estudiando Balzac

b) ( visit) (colloq) \<\<sights/museum\>\> visitar

we did Europe last year — el año pasado recorrimos Europa

11) ( Theat)

a) ( play role of) hacer* el papel de

b) ( take part in) \<\<play\>\> actuar* en

c) ( impersonate) imitar

12) (colloq) ( serve in prison) cumplir

he's doing eight years for armed robbery — está cumpliendo ocho años por atraco a mano armada

13) (BrE colloq)

a) (catch, prosecute) agarrar

he was done for speeding — le encajaron una multa por exceso de velocidad (fam)

b) ( cheat) estafar, timar

I've been done! — me han estafado or timado!

14) ( use) (sl)

to do drugs — drogarse*, consumir drogas

15) (colloq) ( finish) terminar

are o (esp BrE) have you done complaining? — ¿has terminado de quejarte?

2.

vi

1) (act, behave) hacer*

do as you're told! — haz lo que se te dice!

2) (get along, manage)

how are you doing? — ¿qué tal estás or andas or te va?

how do you do? — ( as greeting) mucho gusto, encantado

how do? — (colloq & dial) ¿qué tal?

how are we doing for time/cash? — ¿cómo or qué tal vamos or andamos de tiempo/dinero?

she did well/badly in her exams — le fue bien/mal en los exámenes

he's done well for himself — ha sabido abrirse camino

to do well/badly out of something — salir* bien/mal parado de algo

3) (go on, happen) (colloq) (in -ing form)

there's nothing doing in town — no pasa nada en el pueblo

nothing doing! — ni hablar!, ni lo sueñes!

4)

a) (be suitable, acceptable)

look, this won't do! — mira, esto no puede ser!

it's not ideal, but it'll do — no es lo ideal, pero sirve

I'm not going to cook, bread and cheese will do for them! — no pienso cocinar, se tendrán que conformar con pan y queso

it doesn't do to get emotional — no hay que ponerse sentimental

b)

to do for o as something: this box will do for o as a table — esta caja nos servirá de mesa

5) ( be enough) ser* suficiente, alcanzar*, bastar

one bottle will do — con una botella basta or es suficiente

one egg will do for me — un huevo es suficiente para mí

that'll do! shut up! — basta! cállate la boca!

6) ( finish) (in past p) terminar

I'm not o (BrE) I haven't done yet! — no he terminado todavía

7)

his concern to do well by his son — su preocupación por hacer todo lo posible por su hijo

do as you would be done by — trata a los demás como tú quisieras ser tratado

3.

1) Sense I

v aux [El verbo auxiliar do se usa para formar el negativo (I 1) y el interrogativo (I 2), para agregar énfasis (I 3) o para sustituir a un verbo usado anteriormente (II)]

2)

a) (used to form negative)

I do not o don't know — no sé

I did not o didn't see her — no la vi

do not touch! — no tocar

b) (with inversion after negative adv)

3)

a)

(used to form interrogative)

Ex:

does this belong to you? — ¿esto es tuyo?

did I frighten you? — ¿te asusté?

/Ex:

b)

(in exclamations)

Ex:

doesn't it make you sick! — dime si no es asqueante!

boy, do you need a bath! — Dios mío! qué falta te hace un baño!

/Ex:

4)

a)

( emphasizing)

Ex:

you do exaggerate! — cómo exageras!

you must admit, she did look ill — tienes que reconocer que tenía mala cara

do be quiet! — ¿te quieres callar?

do please help yourself — sírvete por favor

/Ex:

b)

( expressing alternatives)

Ex:

I haven't decided, but if I do accept... — todavía no lo he decidido, pero si aceptara...

/Ex:

not once did he apologize — no se disculpó ni siquiera una vez

not only does it cost more, it also... — no sólo cuesta más, sino que también...

c) ( in legal formulae)

Sense II

5)

(in elliptical uses)

Ex:

do you live here? - yes, I do/no, I don't — ¿vives aquí? - sí/no

she wanted to come, but he didn't — ella quería venir, pero él no

she found it in your drawer - oh, did she? — lo encontró en tu cajón - ¿ah, sí?

I don't need a haircut - yes, you do! — no necesito cortarme el pelo - cómo que no!

she says she understands, but she doesn't — dice que comprende, pero no es así

I play the guitar - so do I — toco la guitarra - yo también

I don't like her music - I do — no me gusta su música - a mí sí

/Ex:

6)

(in tag questions)

Ex:

you know Bob, don't you? — conoces a Bob, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?

I told you, didn't I? — te lo dije ¿no? or ¿no es cierto?

/Ex:

I, Charles Brown, do solemnly swear that... — yo, Charles Brown, juro solemnemente que...

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- do away with

- do down

- do for

- do in

- do out

- do out of

- do over

- do up

- do with

- do without

II [duː]
noun (pl dos)

1) c (party, gathering) (colloq) fiesta f, reunión f

2) ( state of affairs) (colloq) (no pl)

fair dos — (BrE colloq)

fair dos all round — a partes iguales para todos; (as interj) seamos justos!

3)

do's and don'ts — ( rules) normas fpl

the do's and don'ts of foreign travel — qué hacer y qué evitar cuando se viaja al extranjero

III [dəʊ]
noun (pl dos) ( Mus) do m

English-spanish dictionary > do
4 ÖR-

(i. e. ør-), a prefixed particle, altered from us-; the s remains in usall = vesall, see p. 699, col. 2; also spelt er-, er-vita, Hkv.; or eyr-, eyr-grynni, Ó. H. 106; evr-lygi, Eg. (in a verse): [Ulf. us-; O. H. G. ur-; when uncompounded, see ór, mod. úr, p. 472; as a prefix to nouns, ör- or ör-, for which see p. 469, col. 2. Indeed, there is a strong probability that the negative prefix ó- is a contraction, not of un-, but of or-, so that ó-bættr is from or-bættr, ó-verðr from or-verðr, by agglutination of r, whereby the vowel becomes long (as the O. H. G. prefix ar- in A. S. appears â-): this would account for the fact, that in the very oldest and best vellums there is hardly a single instance of ú- for ó-, and this is the sole modern form not only all over Iceland, but also in most popular idioms of Norway and Sweden; a farther proof is that in many words or-, the ancient form, is preserved in a few vellums, especially of the Norse laws, in such rare forms as ör-sekr, ör-bætiligr, ör-vænt, and ó-vænt, where the current form is ó-sekr, etc.; so also, ör-keypis and ó-keypis, ör-grynni and ó-grynni, ör-hóf and ó-hóf. Therefore or-, not un-, is, we believe, the phonetical parent of the later Scandinavian negative prefix ó-. The extensive use of ör- and the utter absence of ú- or un- may be explained by the supposition that, for the sake of uniformity, all words beginning with ör- and un- gradually took the same form; for though in ancient days ör- was more extensively used than it is at present, it can hardly have been the sole form in all words now beginning with ó-]:—ör- is used as denoting a negative, as ör-grynni, a being bottomless; or lack or loss of, as ör-sekr, out of being sekr; ör-verðr.

2. special usages are, what is of yore, as in ör-lög (cp. Germ. ur-, as in ur-theil, Engl. or-deal), ör-nefni, ör-gelmir, ör-vasi.

3. in mod. usage ör- is prefixed to adjectives, = utterly, but only in instances denoting ‘smallness,’ or something negative, e. g. ör-grannr, ör-stuttr, ör-skammr, ör-grunnr, ör-mjör, ör-fátækr, ör-snauðr, ör-eyða, ör-taka, ör-reyta, qq. v.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÖR-
5 Usage note : be

The direct French equivalent of the verb to be in subject + to be + predicate sentences is être:

I am tired

= je suis fatigué

Caroline is French

= Caroline est française

the children are in the garden

= les enfants sont dans le jardin

It functions in very much the same way as to be does in English and it is safe to assume it will work as a translation in the great majority of cases.

Note, however, that when you are specifying a person’s profession or trade, a/an is not translated:

she’s a doctor

= elle est médecin

Claudie is still a student

= Claudie est toujours étudiante

This is true of any noun used in apposition when the subject is a person:

he’s a widower

= il est veuf

But

Lyons is a beautiful city

= Lyon est une belle ville

For more information or expressions involving professions and trades consult the usage note Shops, Trades and Professions.

For the conjugation of the verb être see the French verb tables.

Grammatical functions

The passive

être is used to form the passive in French just as to be is used in English. Note, however, that the past participle agrees in gender and number with the subject:

the rabbit was killed by a fox

= le lapin a été tué par un renard

the window had been broken

= la fenêtre avait été cassée

their books will be sold

= leurs livres seront vendus

our doors have been repainted red

= nos portes ont été repeintes en rouge

In spoken language, French native speakers find the passive cumbersome and will avoid it where possible by using the impersonal on where a person or people are clearly involved : on a repeint nos portes en rouge.

Progressive tenses

In French the idea of something happening over a period of time cannot be expressed using the verb être in the way that to be is used as an auxiliary verb in English.

The present

French uses simply the present tense where English uses the progressive form with to be:

I am working

= je travaille

Ben is reading a book

= Ben lit un livre

In order to accentuate duration être en train de is used: je suis en train de travailler ; Ben est en train de lire un livre.

The future

French also uses the present tense where English uses the progressive form with to be:

we are going to London tomorrow

= nous allons à Londres demain

I’m (just) coming!

= j’arrive!

I’m (just) going!

= j’y vais!

The past

To express the distinction between she read a newspaper and she was reading a newspaper French uses the perfect and the imperfect tenses: elle a lu un journal/elle lisait un journal:

he wrote to his mother

= il a écrit à sa mère

he was writing to his mother

= il écrivait à sa mère

However, in order to accentuate the notion of describing an activity which went on over a period of time, the phrase être en train de (= to be in the process of) is often used:

‘what was he doing when you arrived?’

‘he was cooking the dinner’

= ‘qu’est-ce qu’il faisait quand tu es arrivé?’ ‘il était en train de préparer le dîner’

she was just finishing her essay when …

= elle était juste en train de finir sa dissertation quand …

The compound past

Compound past tenses in the progressive form in English are generally translated by the imperfect in French:

I’ve been looking for you

= je te cherchais

For progressive forms + for and since (I’ve been waiting for an hour, I had been waiting for an hour, I’ve been waiting since Monday etc.) see the entries for and since.

Obligation

When to be is used as an auxiliary verb with another verb in the infinitive ( to be to do) expressing obligation, a fixed arrangement or destiny, devoir is used:

she’s to do it at once

= elle doit le faire tout de suite

what am I to do?

= qu’est-ce que je dois faire?

he was to arrive last Monday

= il devait arriver lundi dernier

she was never to see him again

= elle ne devait plus le revoir.

In tag questions

French has no direct equivalent of tag questions like isn’t he? or wasn’t it? There is a general tag question n’est-ce pas? (literally isn’t it so?) which will work in many cases:

their house is lovely, isn’t it?

= leur maison est très belle, n’est-ce pas?

he’s a doctor, isn’t he?

= il est médecin, n’est-ce pas?

it was a very good meal, wasn’t it?

= c’était un très bon repas, n’est-ce pas?

However, n’est-ce pas can very rarely be used for positive tag questions and some other way will be found to express the extra meaning contained in the tag: par hasard ( by any chance) can be very useful as a translation:

‘I can’t find my glasses’ ‘they’re not in the kitchen, are they?’

= ‘je ne trouve pas mes lunettes’ ‘elles ne sont pas dans la cuisine, par hasard?’

you haven’t seen Gaby, have you?

= tu n’as pas vu Gaby, par hasard?

In cases where an opinion is being sought, si? meaning more or less or is it? or was it? etc. can be useful:

it’s not broken, is it?

= ce n’est pas cassé, si?

he wasn’t serious, was he?

= il n’était pas sérieux, si?

In many other cases the tag question is simply not translated at all and the speaker’s intonation will convey the implied question.

In short answers

Again, there is no direct equivalent for short answers like yes I am, no he’s not etc. Where the answer yes is given to contradict a negative question or statement, the most useful translation is si:

‘you’re not going out tonight’ ‘yes I am’

= ‘tu ne sors pas ce soir’ ‘si’

In reply to a standard enquiry the tag will not be translated:

‘are you a doctor?’ ‘yes I am’

= ‘êtes-vous médecin?’ ‘oui’

‘was it raining?’ ‘yes it was’

= ‘est-ce qu’il pleuvait?’ ‘oui’

Probability

For expressions of probability and supposition ( if I were you etc.) see the entry be.

Other functions

Expressing sensations and feelings

In expressing physical and mental sensations, the verb used in French is avoir:

to be cold

= avoir froid

to be hot

= avoir chaud

I’m cold

= j’ai froid

to be thirsty

= avoir soif

to be hungry

= avoir faim

to be ashamed

= avoir honte

my hands are cold

= j’ai froid aux mains

If, however, you are in doubt as to which verb to use in such expressions, you should consult the entry for the appropriate adjective.

Discussing health and how people are

In expressions of health and polite enquiries about how people are, aller is used:

how are you?

= comment allez-vous?

( more informally) comment vas-tu?

( very informally as a greeting) ça va?

are you well?

= vous allez bien?

how is your daughter?

= comment va votre fille?

my father is better today

= mon père va mieux aujourd’hui

Discussing weather and temperature

In expressions of weather and temperature faire is generally used:

it’s cold

= il fait froid

it’s windy

= il fait du vent

If in doubt, consult the appropriate adjective entry.

Visiting somewhere

When to be is used in the present perfect tense to mean go, visit etc., French will generally use the verbs venir, aller etc. rather than être:

I’ve never been to Sweden

= je ne suis jamais allé en Suède

have you been to the Louvre?

= est-ce que tu es déjà allé au Louvre?

or est-ce que tu as déjà visité le Louvre?

Paul has been to see us three times

= Paul est venu nous voir trois fois

Note too:

has the postman been?

= est-ce que le facteur est passé?

For here is, here are, there is, there are see the entries here and there.

The translation for an expression or idiom containing the verb to be will be found in the dictionary at the entry for another word in the expression: for to be in danger see danger, for it would be best to … see best etc.

This dictionary contains usage notes on topics such as the clock, time units, age, weight measurement, days of the week, and shops, trades and professions, many of which include translations of particular uses of to be.

Big English-French dictionary > Usage note : be
6 Usage note : for

When for is used as a preposition, followed by a noun or pronoun, it is translated by pour:

for my sister

= pour ma sœur

for the garden

= pour le jardin

for me

= pour moi

For particular usages see the entry for.

When for is used as a preposition indicating purpose followed by a verb it is translated by pour + infinitive:

for cleaning windows

= pour nettoyer les vitres

When for is used in the construction to be + adjective + for + pronoun + infinitive the translation in French is être + indirect pronoun + adjective + de + infinitive:

it’s impossible for me to stay

= il m’est impossible de rester

it was hard for him to understand that…

= il lui était difficile de comprendre que…

it will be difficult for her to accept the changes

= il lui sera difficile d’accepter les changements

For the construction to be waiting for sb to do see the entry wait.

For particular usages see the entry for.

In time expressions

for is used in English after a verb in the progressive present perfect tense to express the time period of something that started in the past and is still going on. To express this French uses a verb in the present tense + depuis:

I have been waiting for three hours (and I am still waiting)

= j’attends depuis trois heures

we’ve been together for two years (and we’re still together)

= nous sommes ensemble depuis deux ans

When for is used in English after a verb in the past perfect tense, French uses the imperfect + depuis:

I had been waiting for two hours (and was still waiting)

= j’attendais depuis deux heures

for is used in English negative sentences with the present perfect tense to express the time that has elapsed since something has happened. To express this, French uses the same tense as English (the perfect) + depuis:

I haven’t seen him for ten years (and I still haven’t seen him)

= je ne l’ai pas vu depuis dix ans

In spoken French, there is another way of expressing this: ça fait or il y a dix ans que je ne l’ai pas vu.

When for is used in English in negative sentences after a verb in the past perfect tense, French uses the past perfect + depuis:

I hadn’t seen him for ten years

= je ne l’avais pas vu depuis dix ans, or (in spoken French) ça faisait or il y avait dix ans que je ne l’avais pas vu

for is used in English after the preterite to express the time period of something that happened in the past and is no longer going on. Here French uses the present perfect + pendant:

last Sunday I gardened for two hours

= dimanche dernier, j’ai jardiné pendant deux heures

for is used in English after the present progressive tense or the future tense to express an anticipated time period in the future. Here French uses the present or the future tense + pour:

I’m going to Rome for six weeks

= je vais à Rome pour six semaines

I will go to Rome for six weeks

= j’irai à Rome pour six semaines

Note, however, that when the verb to be is used in the future with for to emphasize the period of time, French uses the future + pendant:

I will be in Rome for six weeks

= je serai à Rome pendant six semaines

he will be away for three days

= il sera absent pendant trois jours

For particular usages see A13, 14, 15 and 16 in the entry for.

for is often used in English to form a structure with nouns, adjectives and verbs (weakness for, eager for, apply for, fend for etc.). For translations, consult the appropriate noun, adjective or verb entry (weakness, eager, apply, fend etc.).

Big English-French dictionary > Usage note : for
7 should

ʃud
negative short form - shouldn't; verb

1) (past tense of shall: I thought I should never see you again.) habría

2) (used to state that something ought to happen, be done etc: You should hold your knife in your right hand; You shouldn't have said that.) deber (hacer algo)

3) (used to state that something is likely to happen etc: If you leave now, you should arrive there by six o'clock.) deber (de)

4) (used after certain expressions of sorrow, surprise etc: I'm surprised you should think that.) que + subjuntivo

5) (used after if to state a condition: If anything should happen to me, I want you to remember everything I have told you today.) (usado para expresar condicional: if anything should happen to me = si algo me sucediera)

6) ((with I or we) used to state that a person wishes something was possible: I should love to go to France (if only I had enough money).) gustar (I should love to go to France = me gustaría ir a Francia)

7) (used to refer to an event etc which is rather surprising: I was just about to get on the bus when who should come along but John, the very person I was going to visit.) (usado para referirse a una situación no esperada)

should vb

1. deber

you should give up smoking deberías dejar de fumar

2. deber de

the meat should be cooked by now ya debe de estar hecha la carne

how should I know? ¡yo qué sé!

I should be so lucky! ¡ojalá!

I should think so creo que sí

I should think so too! ¡faltaría más! should también expresa el condicional para la primera persona, en este uso equivale a would

I should be delighted to accompany you me encantaría acompañarte

should

tr[ʃʊd]

auxiliar

1 (duty, advisability, recommendation) deber

■ you should see the dentist deberías ir al dentista

■ children should be seen and not heard los niños deberían verse y no escucharse

■ you should have phoned me deberías haberme llamado

2 (probability) deber de

■ the clothes should be dry now la ropa ya debe de estar seca

■ there shouldn't be any problem no debe de haber ningún problema

■ this should be interesting esto promete ser interesante

3 (subjunctive, conditional)

■ if you should see Janet by any chance si por casualidad vieras a Janet

■ should you change your mind si cambiaras de opinión

■ it's strange that you should say that es extraño que digas eso

■ it has been decided that you should go se ha decidido que fueras tú

4 (conditional, 1st person)

■ I should like to ask a question quisiera hacer una pregunta

■ I should be grateful if you could reply... le agradecería que contestara...

■ I should buy it if I were you yo en tu lugar lo compraría

5 (tentative statement)

■ I should think so me imagino que sí

■ I shouldn't think so no creo

6 (disbelief, surprise)

■ and who should be in the bar but Gary Lineker! ¿y quién te parece que estaba en el bar? ¡Gary Lineker!

■ how should I know! ¡yo qué sé!

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

I should have thought... hubiera pensado...

I should think so too! ¡faltaría más!, ¡era lo menos que podía hacer!

should shall

should

aux.

(Verbo modal para indicar el obligación moral)

I ʃʊd
past of shall

II

modal verb

1) ( expressing desirability) debería (or deberías etc), debiera (or debieras etc)

you should be studying — deberías or debieras estar estudiando, tendrías que estar estudiando

you should have thought of that before — deberías or debieras haber pensado en eso antes, tendrías or tenías que haber pensado en eso antes

I've brought you some flowers - oh, you shouldn't have — te he traído unas flores - no te deberías or debieras haber molestado! or no te tenías or tendrías que haber molestado!

you should've seen the look on her face! — tenías or tendrías que haber visto la cara que puso!

2) (indicating probability, logical expectation) debería (or deberías etc) (de), debiera (or debieras etc) (de)

it should add up to 100 — tendría que or debería (de) or debiera (de) dar or sumar 100

how should I know? — ¿cómo quieres que sepa?, ¿cómo voy a saber (yo)?

why should they want to come here? — ¿por qué han or habrían de querer venir aquí?

3) (with first person only)

a) ( conditional use) (BrE frml)

I should like to see her — me gustaría verla

I shouldn't be surprised if they didn't turn up — no me sorprendería que no aparecieran

b) ( venturing a guess) (BrE)

I shouldn't think it's very old — no creo que sea muy antiguo

I should think she must be over 80 — yo diría que debe tener más de 80

c) ( expressing indignation)

he said he was sorry - I should think so too! — pidió perdón - faltaría más! or era lo menos que podía hacer!

she won't be asking us for any money - I should think not! — no nos va a pedir dinero - faltaría más! or sería el colmo!

4) ( subjunctive use) (with all persons)

it's natural that he should want to go with her — es natural or lógico que quiera ir con ella

if you should happen to pass a bookshop... — si pasaras or si llegaras a pasar por una librería...

5) ( expressing amused surprise)

and who should turn up but her ex-husband! — ¿y quién te parece que apareció? su ex-marido!

[ʃʊd]
MODAL VB
1) (used to form conditional tense)

I should go if they sent for me — iría si me llamasen

should I be out at the time, if I should be out at the time — si estoy fuera en ese momento

I shouldn't be surprised if... — no me sorprendería si...

I should have liked to... — me hubiera gustado..., quisiera haber...

thanks, I should like to — gracias, me gustaría

I shouldn't like to say — prefiero no decirlo

I should think so — supongo que sí

I should be so lucky! — ¡ojalá!

2) (duty, advisability, desirability) deber

all cars should carry a first-aid kit — todos los coches deberían llevar un botiquín

you should take more exercise — deberías hacer más ejercicio

I should have been a doctor — yo debería haber sido médico

you shouldn't do that — no deberías hacerlo, más vale no hacer eso

I shouldn't if I were you — yo que tú no lo haría

he should know that... — debiera or debería saber que...

all is as it should be — todo está en regla

..., which is as it should be —..., como es razonable,..., que es como tiene que ser

why should I? — ¿por qué lo voy a hacer?, ¿por qué tengo que hacerlo?

why should he (have done it)? — ¿por qué lo iba a hacer?, ¿por qué tenía que hacerlo?

why should you want to know? — ¿por qué has de saberlo tú?

3) (statements of probability) deber de

he should pass his exams — debería de aprobar los exámenes

they should have arrived by now — deben (de) haber llegado ya

he should be there by now — ya debería estar allí

they should arrive tomorrow — deberán or deben (de) llegar mañana

that shouldn't be too hard — eso no debería ser muy difícil

I should have told you before — tendría que or debería habértelo dicho antes

this should be good — esto promete ser bueno

4) (subjunctive uses)

... and who should I bump into but Mike? —... ¿y con quién crees que me encuentro? ¡pues con Mike!

he ordered that it should be done — mandó que se hiciera

* * *

I [ʃʊd]
past of shall

II

modal verb

1) ( expressing desirability) debería (or deberías etc), debiera (or debieras etc)

you should be studying — deberías or debieras estar estudiando, tendrías que estar estudiando

you should have thought of that before — deberías or debieras haber pensado en eso antes, tendrías or tenías que haber pensado en eso antes

I've brought you some flowers - oh, you shouldn't have — te he traído unas flores - no te deberías or debieras haber molestado! or no te tenías or tendrías que haber molestado!

you should've seen the look on her face! — tenías or tendrías que haber visto la cara que puso!

2) (indicating probability, logical expectation) debería (or deberías etc) (de), debiera (or debieras etc) (de)

it should add up to 100 — tendría que or debería (de) or debiera (de) dar or sumar 100

how should I know? — ¿cómo quieres que sepa?, ¿cómo voy a saber (yo)?

why should they want to come here? — ¿por qué han or habrían de querer venir aquí?

3) (with first person only)

a) ( conditional use) (BrE frml)

I should like to see her — me gustaría verla

I shouldn't be surprised if they didn't turn up — no me sorprendería que no aparecieran

b) ( venturing a guess) (BrE)

I shouldn't think it's very old — no creo que sea muy antiguo

I should think she must be over 80 — yo diría que debe tener más de 80

c) ( expressing indignation)

he said he was sorry - I should think so too! — pidió perdón - faltaría más! or era lo menos que podía hacer!

she won't be asking us for any money - I should think not! — no nos va a pedir dinero - faltaría más! or sería el colmo!

4) ( subjunctive use) (with all persons)

it's natural that he should want to go with her — es natural or lógico que quiera ir con ella

if you should happen to pass a bookshop... — si pasaras or si llegaras a pasar por una librería...

5) ( expressing amused surprise)

and who should turn up but her ex-husband! — ¿y quién te parece que apareció? su ex-marido!

English-spanish dictionary > should
8 shall

[ʃəl], [ʃæl] short forms I'll ～we'll: negative short form shan't [ʃaːnt] verb
1) used to form future tenses of other verbs when the subject is I or we:

We shall be leaving tomorrow

I shall have arrived by this time tomorrow.
سَوف: تُسْتَعْمَل مع ضَمير المُتَكَلِّم والمتكَلِّمين
2) used to show the speaker's intention:

I shan't be late tonight.
تُسْتَعَمَل لِتُبَيِّن نِيَّة المُتَكَلِّم
3) used in questions, the answer to which requires a decision:

Shall I tell him, or shan't I?

Shall we go now?
تُسْتَعْمَل في السُّؤال الذي يَكون في جَوابِه قَرار
4) used as a form of command:

You shall go if I say you must.
تُسْتَعْمَل على شَكل طَلَب

Arabic-English dictionary > shall
9 will

[wɪl]
1. noun

1) the mental power by which one controls one's thought, actions and decisions:

Do you believe in freedom of the will?
إرادَه
2) (control over) one's desire(s) or wish(es); determination:

It was done against her will

He has no will of his own – he always does what the others want

Children often have strong wills

He has lost the will to live.
رَغْبَه، تَصْميم
3) (a legal paper having written on it) a formal statement about what is to be done with one's belongings, body etc after one's death:

Have you made a will yet?
وَصِيَّه
2. verb
– short forms I'll [aɪl], you'll [juːl], he'll [hiːl], she'll [ʃiːl], it'll [ˈɪtl], we'll [wiːl], they'll [ðeɪl]: negative short form won't [wount]
1) used to form future tenses of other verbs:

We'll go at six o'clock tonight

Will you be here again next week?

Things will never be the same again

I will have finished the work by tomorrow evening.
سَوْفَ
2) used in requests or commands:

Will you come into my office for a moment, please?

Will you please stop talking!
تُسْتَعْمَل في جُمْلَة الطَّلَب المُهَذَّب
3) used to show willingness:

I'll do that for you if you like

I won't do it!
تُسْتَعْمَل للتَّعْبير عن الرَّغْبَه أو الإسْتِعْداد لِعَمَل الشَّيء
4) used to state that something happens regularly, is quite normal etc:

Accidents will happen.
تُسْتَعْمَل للتَّعْبير عن تَكرار حُدوث العَمَل

Arabic-English dictionary > will
10 have

have [hæv]

verbe auxiliaire ⇒ 1 avoir ⇒ 1, 2A (a)-(c), 2B (b)-(e), 2C (a), 2C (b), 2F (a), 2F (d), 2F (h), 2F (i) être ⇒ 1 posséder ⇒ 2A (a) disposer de ⇒ 2A (b) prendre ⇒ 2B (c) passer ⇒ 2B (d) recevoir ⇒ 2C (a), 2C (b) vouloir ⇒ 2C (c), 2F (f) tenir ⇒ 2D (a) faire faire ⇒ 2E (b), 2E (c) placer ⇒ 2F (b) devoir ⇒ 2G (a), 2G (b) concerner ⇒ 2G (c)

ⓘ GRAM Les formes négatives, haven't et hasn't, s'écrivent have not and has not dans un style plus soutenu.

ⓘ GRAM Most French verbs will conjugate with avoir to form the perfect tense. However, all reflexive verbs and many intransitive verbs - mainly of motion - will conjugate with être.

(3rd pers sing pres has [hæz], pt & pp had [hæd])

1 auxiliary verb

(a) (used to form perfect tenses) avoir, être;

∎ to have finished avoir fini;

∎ to have left être parti;

∎ to have sat down s'être assis;

∎ to have been/had avoir été/eu;

∎ has she slept? a-t-elle dormi?;

∎ have they arrived? sont-ils arrivés?;

∎ he has been ill il a été malade;

∎ when you've calmed down quand vous vous serez calmé;

∎ I will have forgotten by next week j'aurai oublié d'ici la semaine prochaine;

∎ the children will have gone to bed by the time we arrive les enfants seront couchés quand nous arriverons;

∎ you were silly not to have accepted tu es bête de ne pas avoir accepté;

∎ after or when you have finished, you may leave quand vous aurez fini, vous pourrez partir;

∎ she was ashamed of having lied elle avait honte d'avoir menti;

∎ she felt she couldn't change her mind, having already agreed to go elle sentait qu'elle ne pouvait pas changer d'avis, étant donné qu'elle avait dit être d'accord pour y aller;

∎ I have been thinking j'ai réfléchi;

∎ he has been working here for two months il travaille ici depuis deux mois, il y a deux mois qu'il travaille ici;

∎ I have known her for three years/since childhood je la connais depuis trois ans/depuis mon enfance;

∎ I had known her for years cela faisait des années que je la connaissais, je la connaissais depuis des années;

∎ she claimed she hadn't heard the news elle a prétendu ne pas avoir entendu la nouvelle;

∎ I had already gone to bed when he arrived j'étais déjà couché quand il est arrivé;

∎ we had gone to bed early nous nous étions couchés de bonne heure;

∎ when he had given his speech, I left une fois qu'il eut terminé son discours, je partis;

∎ had I known, I wouldn't have insisted si j'avais su, je n'aurais pas insisté;

∎ if I had known, I wouldn't have said anything si j'avais su, je n'aurais rien dit;

∎ they would have been happy if it hadn't been for the war ils auraient vécu heureux si la guerre n'était pas survenue;

∎ why don't you just leave him and have done with it? pourquoi donc est-ce que vous ne le quittez pas, pour en finir?;

∎ I'd as soon not j'aimerais mieux pas;

∎ he'd rather or sooner stay at home than go out dancing il aimerait mieux rester ou il préférerait rester à la maison qu'aller danser;

∎ familiar he's had it (is in trouble) il est fichu ou foutu; (is worn out) il est à bout;

∎ familiar I've had it with all your complaining! j'en ai jusque-là de tes jérémiades!;

∎ familiar I've had it up to here with him j'en ai jusque-là de ce type-là;

∎ familiar the car has just about had it la voiture va bientôt rendre l'âme;

∎ familiar this plant has had it cette plante est fichue

(b) (elliptical uses)

∎ have you ever had the measles? - yes, I have/no, I haven't avez-vous eu la rougeole? - oui/non;

∎ she hasn't finished - yes, she has! elle n'a pas fini - (mais) si!;

∎ you've forgotten his birthday - no, I haven't! tu as oublié son anniversaire - mais non!;

∎ have you ever considered going into politics? if you have.../if you haven't… avez-vous déjà envisagé de rentrer dans la vie politique? si oui…/si non…;

∎ you've forgotten your gloves - so I have! vous avez oublié vos gants - en effet! ou tiens, c'est vrai!

(c) (in tag questions)

∎ you've read 'Hamlet', haven't you? vous avez lu 'Hamlet', n'est-ce pas?;

∎ he hasn't arrived, has he? il n'est pas arrivé, si?;

∎ so she's got a new job, has she? elle a changé de travail alors?

2 transitive verb

A.

(a) (be in possession of, own) avoir, posséder;

∎ do you have or have you got a car? avez-vous une voiture?;

∎ they have (got) a lot of friends/money ils ont beaucoup d'amis/d'argent;

∎ they don't have or they haven't got any more ils n'en ont plus;

∎ she shares everything she has (got) with them elle partage tout ce qu'elle a avec eux;

∎ he has (got) £10 left il lui reste 10 livres;

∎ we have (got) six of them left il nous en reste six;

∎ do you have or have you got any children? if you have... avez-vous des enfants? si vous en avez ou si oui...;

∎ they have (got) a 50 percent interest in the business ils ont ou détiennent 50 pour cent des intérêts dans l'affaire;

∎ I have (got) a lot of work to finish j'ai beaucoup de travail à finir;

∎ do we have or have we got any milk in the house? est-ce qu'on a du lait ou est-ce qu'il y a du lait à la maison?;

∎ she has (got) a baker's shop/bookshop elle tient une boulangerie/librairie;

∎ do you have or have you got the time? avez-vous l'heure?;

∎ he doesn't have or hasn't got a job il n'a pas de travail, il est sans travail;

∎ we have (got) a deadline to meet nous avons un délai à respecter;

∎ I've got it! ça y est, j'ai trouvé ou j'y suis!;

∎ paper, envelopes and what have you du papier, des enveloppes et je ne sais quoi encore;

∎ proverb you can't have your cake and eat it on ne peut pas avoir le beurre et l'argent du beurre;

∎ familiar give it all you have or all you've got! mets-y le paquet!

(b) (enjoy the use of) avoir, disposer de;

∎ we had a couple of hours to do our errands nous disposions de ou nous avions quelques heures pour faire nos courses;

∎ I don't have time or I haven't got time to stop for lunch je n'ai pas le temps de m'arrêter pour déjeuner;

∎ he has (got) a month to finish il a un mois pour finir;

∎ he hasn't (got) long to live il ne lui reste pas longtemps à vivre;

∎ do you have or have you (got) a minute (to spare)? tu as une minute?;

∎ she had the house to herself elle avait la maison pour elle toute seule;

∎ such questions have an important place in our lives ce genre de questions occupe une place importante dans notre vie;

∎ he has (got) nothing to do/to read il n'a rien à faire/à lire

(c) (possess as quality or attribute) avoir;

∎ she has (got) red hair elle a les cheveux roux, elle est rousse;

∎ you have (got) beautiful eyes tu as de beaux yeux;

∎ the ticket has (got) a name on it il y a un nom sur le billet;

∎ to have good taste avoir bon goût;

∎ to have a bad temper avoir mauvais caractère;

∎ she has (got) a reputation for being difficult elle a la réputation d'être difficile;

∎ the house has (got) a beautiful view of the mountains de la maison, on a une belle vue sur les montagnes;

∎ she has (got) what it takes or she has it in her to succeed elle a ce qu'il faut pour réussir;

∎ you've never had it so good! vous n'avez jamais eu la vie si belle!;

∎ familiar he really has it bad for Emma il a complètement craqué pour Emma

(d) (possess knowledge or understanding of)

∎ do you have or have you got any experience of teaching? avez-vous déjà enseigné?;

∎ she has (got) a clear sense of what matters elle sait très bien ce qui est important;

∎ he has some Greek and Latin il connaît un peu le grec et le latin;

∎ I have a little Spanish je parle un peu espagnol

B.

(a) (indicating experience of a specified situation)

∎ to have a dream/nightmare faire un rêve/cauchemar;

∎ I have no regrets je n'ai aucun regret ou pas de regrets;

∎ I didn't have any trouble in finding it je n'ai eu aucune peine à le trouver;

∎ we have (got) nothing or we don't have anything against dogs on n'a rien contre les chiens;

∎ I've had my appendix out je me suis fait opérer de l'appendicite;

∎ he had all his money stolen il s'est fait voler ou on lui a volé tout son argent;

∎ I love having my back rubbed j'adore qu'on me frotte le dos;

∎ they had some strange things happen to them il leur est arrivé de drôles de choses

(b) (be infected with, suffer from) avoir;

∎ to have a cold avoir un rhume, être enrhumé;

∎ do you have or have you got a headache? avez-vous mal à la tête?;

∎ he has (got) problems with his back il a des problèmes de dos

(c) (perform, take part in → bath, lesson) prendre; (→ meeting) avoir;

∎ we had our first argument last night nous nous sommes disputés hier soir pour la première fois;

∎ to have a stroll se promener, faire un tour;

∎ I want to have a think about it je veux y réfléchir;

∎ to have a party (organize) organiser une fête; (celebrate) faire la fête;

∎ I'll have no part in it je refuse de m'en mêler

(d) (pass, spend) passer, avoir;

∎ I had a horrible day at work j'ai passé une journée atroce au travail;

∎ have a nice day! bonne journée!;

∎ to have a good time s'amuser;

∎ did you have a good time? c'était bien?, tu t'es bien amusé?;

∎ a good time was had by all tout le monde s'est bien amusé;

∎ she's had a hard time of it lately elle vient de traverser une mauvaise passe

(e) (exhibit, show) avoir, montrer;

∎ have mercy on us! ayez pitié de nous!;

∎ he had the nerve to refuse il a eu le culot de refuser;

∎ he didn't even have the decency to apologize il n'a même pas eu la décence de s'excuser

C.

(a) (obtain, receive) avoir, recevoir;

∎ I'd like him to have this picture j'aimerais lui donner cette photo;

∎ I'd like to have your advice on something j'aimerais que vous me donniez un conseil à propos de quelque chose;

∎ we had a phone call from the mayor nous avons reçu ou eu un coup de fil du maire;

∎ they've still had no news of the lost plane ils n'ont toujours pas de nouvelles de l'avion (qui a) disparu;

∎ I have it on good authority je le tiens de bonne source;

∎ I must have your answer by tomorrow il me faut votre réponse pour demain;

∎ let me have your answer by next week donnez-moi votre réponse avant la semaine prochaine;

∎ let me have your keys donne-moi tes clefs;

∎ let me have the book back when you've finished rends-moi le livre quand tu auras fini;

∎ she let them have the wardrobe for £300 elle leur a laissé ou cédé l'armoire pour 300 livres;

∎ there are plenty of flats to be had il y a plein d'appartements;

∎ familiar I let him have it (attacked him) je lui ai réglé son compte; (told him off) je lui ai passé un savon;

∎ familiar you had it coming! tu ne l'as pas volé!

(b) (invite) recevoir, avoir;

∎ she's having some people (over) for or to dinner elle reçoit ou elle a du monde à dîner;

∎ let's have him round for a drink et si on l'invitait à prendre un pot?;

∎ did you have any visitors? avez-vous eu de la visite?;

∎ after the movie we had them back for coffee après le cinéma, nous les avons invités à venir prendre le café chez nous

(c) (accept, take) vouloir;

∎ he'd like to marry but nobody will have him! il aimerait se marier mais personne ne veut de lui!;

∎ do what you want, I'm having nothing more to do with your schemes fais ce que tu veux, je ne veux plus être mêlé à tes combines

D.

(a) (clutch) tenir;

∎ to have sb in one's power avoir qn en son pouvoir;

∎ the teacher had (got) him by the arm/the ear le maître le tenait par le bras/l'oreille;

∎ he had (got) his assailant by the throat il tenait son agresseur à la gorge

(b) figurative (gain control or advantage over)

∎ you have me there! là vous me tenez!;

∎ I have (got) you right where I want you now! je vous tiens!;

∎ Sport the Bears have it! les Bears ont gagné!

(c) (bewilder, perplex)

∎ who won? - you've got me there qui a gagné? - là, tu me poses une colle

E.

(a) (cause to be)

∎ the news had me worried la nouvelle m'a inquiété;

∎ I'll have this light fixed in a minute j'en ai pour une minute à réparer cette lampe;

∎ we'll have everything ready tout sera prêt

(b) (with past participle) (cause to be done) to have sth done faire faire qch;

∎ I had my hair cut je me suis fait couper les cheveux;

∎ we must have the curtains cleaned nous devons faire nettoyer les rideaux ou donner les rideaux à nettoyer;

∎ three houses had their windows shattered trois maisons ont eu leurs fenêtres brisées;

∎ she had coffee brought up to the room elle a fait monter du café dans la chambre;

∎ I had my watch stolen je me suis fait voler ma montre

(c) (with infinitive) (cause to do) to have sb do sth faire faire qch à qn;

∎ she had him invite all the neighbours round elle lui a fait inviter tous les voisins;

∎ have them come in faites-les entrer;

∎ the boss had him up to his office le patron l'a convoqué dans son bureau;

∎ he soon had them all laughing il eut tôt fait de les faire tous rire;

∎ I had the children go to bed early j'ai couché les enfants de bonne heure;

∎ as he would have us believe comme il voudrait nous le faire croire

F.

(a) (consume → food, meal) avoir, prendre;

∎ we were having lunch nous étions en train de déjeuner;

∎ we're having dinner out tonight nous sortons dîner ce soir;

∎ to have breakfast in bed prendre le petit déjeuner au lit;

∎ would you like to have coffee? voulez-vous (prendre) un café?;

∎ do you have coffee or tea in the morning? prenez-vous du café ou du thé le matin?;

∎ I had tea with her j'ai pris le thé avec elle;

∎ we stopped and had a drink nous nous sommes arrêtés pour boire quelque chose;

∎ what will you have? - I'll have the lamb (in restaurant) qu'est-ce que vous prenez? - je vais prendre de l'agneau;

∎ we had fish for dinner nous avons mangé ou eu du poisson au dîner;

∎ he always has a cigarette after dinner il fume toujours une cigarette après le dîner;

∎ will you have a cigarette? voulez-vous une cigarette?

(b) (indicating location, position) placer, mettre;

∎ we'll have the wardrobe here and the table in there nous mettrons l'armoire ici et la table par là;

∎ she had her arm around his shoulders elle avait mis le bras autour de ses épaules;

∎ I had my back to the window je tournais le dos à la fenêtre;

∎ he had his head down il avait la tête baissée

(c) (be accompanied by)

∎ she had her mother with her sa mère était avec elle;

∎ I can't talk right now, I have someone with me je ne peux pas parler, je ne suis pas seul ou je suis avec quelqu'un

(d) (give birth to) avoir;

∎ she's had a baby elle a eu un bébé;

∎ she had her baby last week elle a accouché la semaine dernière;

∎ she's going to have a baby elle attend ou elle va avoir un bébé;

∎ he's had three children by her il a eu trois enfants d'elle;

∎ our dog has just had puppies notre chien vient d'avoir des petits

(e) (assert, claim) soutenir, maintenir;

∎ public opinion has it that he is not telling the truth on pense généralement qu'il ne dit pas la vérité;

∎ rumour has it that they're married le bruit court qu'ils sont mariés;

∎ as the government would have it comme dirait le gouvernement;

∎ as Plato has it comme dit Platon, comme l'a écrit Platon

(f) (with "will" or "would") (wish for) vouloir;

∎ what would you have me do? que voudriez-vous que je fasse?;

∎ I'll have you know I have a degree in French je vous fais remarquer que j'ai une licence de français

(g) (in negative) (allow, permit) I will not have him in my house! il ne mettra pas les pieds chez moi!;

∎ I won't have it! ça ne va pas se passer comme ça!;

∎ we can't have you sleeping on the floor nous ne pouvons pas vous laisser dormir par terre;

∎ familiar we tried to give the dog a bath but he wasn't having any of it! nous avons essayé de donner un bain au chien, mais rien n'y a fait!;

∎ familiar I'm not having any of your nonsense pas de bêtises

(h) (in passive) familiar (cheat, outwit) avoir;

∎ you've been had! tu t'es fait avoir!

(i) very familiar (sleep with) avoir

G.

(a) (with infinitive) (indicating obligation) to have (got) to do sth devoir faire qch, être obligé de faire qch;

∎ do you have to or have you got to leave so soon? êtes-vous obligé de partir ou faut-il que vous partiez si tôt?;

∎ I have (got) to go to the meeting il faut que j'aille ou je dois aller ou je suis obligé d'aller à la réunion;

∎ don't you have to or haven't you got to phone the office? est-ce que tu ne dois pas appeler le bureau?;

∎ he'll do it if he's got to il le fera s'il est obligé de le faire;

∎ you don't have to or you haven't got to go tu n'es pas obligé d'y aller;

∎ we had to take physics at school nous étions obligés de suivre des cours de physique à l'école;

∎ she had to take a blood test elle a été obligée de ou elle a dû faire un examen sanguin;

∎ I hate having to get up early j'ai horreur de devoir me lever tôt;

∎ I won't apologize - you have to je ne m'excuserai pas - il le faut;

∎ you've got to be joking! vous plaisantez!, c'est une plaisanterie!;

∎ you didn't have to tell your father what happened! tu n'avais pas besoin d'aller dire à ton père ce qui s'est passé!;

∎ ironic the train WOULD have to be late today of all days! il fallait que le train soit en retard aujourd'hui!;

∎ familiar that has (got) to be the stupidest idea I've ever heard! ça doit être l'idée la plus idiote que j'aie jamais entendue!

(b) (with infinitive) (indicating necessity) devoir;

∎ you have (got) to get some rest il faut que vous vous reposiez, vous devez vous reposer;

∎ I'll have to think about it il va falloir que j'y réfléchisse;

∎ I have (got) to know il faut que je le sache;

∎ we have to be careful about what we say on doit faire attention ou il faut qu'on fasse attention à ce qu'on dit;

∎ some problems still have to or have still got to be worked out il reste encore des problèmes à résoudre;

∎ if you finish the report this evening you won't have to come in to work tomorrow si vous finissez le rapport ce soir, vous n'aurez pas besoin de venir travailler demain;

∎ first the potatoes have (got) to be washed il faut d'abord laver les pommes de terre;

∎ I don't like housework but it has (got) to be done je n'aime pas faire le ménage mais il faut bien que quelqu'un le fasse;

∎ the plumbing has (got) to be redone la plomberie a besoin d'être refaite;

∎ you'd have to be deaf not to hear that noise il faudrait être sourd pour ne pas entendre ce bruit;

∎ do you have to turn the music up so loud? vous ne pourriez pas baisser un peu la musique?

(c) (with "to do") (idioms) the book has to do with archaeology ce livre traite de l'archéologie;

∎ their argument had to do with money ils se disputaient à propos d'argent;

∎ this has nothing to do with you ça ne te concerne ou regarde pas;

∎ I'll have nothing more to do with her je ne veux plus avoir affaire à elle;

∎ they had nothing to do with her being fired ils n'avaient rien à voir avec son licenciement

3 haves plural noun

∎ the haves les riches mpl, les nantis mpl;

∎ the haves and the have-nots les riches mpl et les pauvres mpl, les nantis mpl et les démunis mpl

➲ have around separable transitive verb

(keep available) garder ou avoir sous la main;

∎ I have the documents around somewhere les documents sont là quelque part, j'ai les documents quelque part;

∎ she's a useful person to have around il est bon de l'avoir sous la main;

∎ I don't like having children around je n'aime pas la compagnie des enfants

➲ have at inseparable transitive verb

British Fencing attaquer

➲ have away separable transitive verb

British very familiar

∎ to have it away (with sb) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn)

➲ have down separable transitive verb

(invite from upstairs, the north) inviter;

∎ we're having his family down for the weekend sa famille vient passer le week-end chez nous

➲ have in separable transitive verb

(a) (cause to enter) faire entrer;

∎ she had him in for a chat elle l'a fait entrer pour discuter

(b) (invite)

∎ to have friends in for a drink inviter des amis à prendre un pot

(c) (doctor, workman) faire venir;

∎ we had to have the doctor in nous avons dû faire venir le médecin;

∎ they've got workmen in at the moment ils ont des ouvriers en ce moment

(d) familiar (idiom)

∎ to have it in for sb avoir une dent contre qn;

∎ they had it in for me from the day I arrived ils en ont eu après moi dès mon arrivée

➲ have off separable transitive verb

(a) (remove) retirer;

∎ the barber nearly had my ear off le coiffeur a failli me couper l'oreille

(b) (have removed) faire retirer;

∎ she's having the plaster off next week on lui retire son plâtre la semaine prochaine

(c) British very familiar (have sexual intercourse)

∎ to have it off (with sb) s'envoyer en l'air (avec qn)

➲ have on separable transitive verb

(a) (wear) porter;

∎ what does she have on? qu'est-ce qu'elle porte?, comment est-elle habillée?;

∎ she had her black dress on elle avait ou portait sa robe noire;

∎ the child had nothing on l'enfant était tout nu

(b) (radio, television)

∎ have you got the radio on? avez-vous allumé la radio?, est-ce que la radio est allumée?;

∎ he has the radio/television on all night sa radio/sa télévision est allumée toute la nuit

(c) (commitment, engagement)

∎ we have a lot on today nous avons beaucoup à faire aujourd'hui;

∎ do you have anything on for tonight? avez-vous des projets pour ou êtes-vous pris ce soir?;

∎ I have nothing on for the weekend je n'ai rien de prévu ce week-end

(d) British familiar (tease, trick) faire marcher;

∎ you're having me on! tu me fais marcher!;

∎ I was only having you on c'était juste pour te faire marcher

(e) (idiom)

∎ they have nothing on me ils n'ont aucune preuve contre moi;

∎ the police have nothing on him la police n'a rien sur lui

➲ have out separable transitive verb

(a) (tooth) se faire arracher

(b) (settle)

∎ to have it out with sb s'expliquer avec qn;

∎ she had it or the matter or the whole thing out with him elle a eu une longue explication avec lui;

∎ let's have this out once and for all mettons les choses au point une fois pour toutes

➲ have over separable transitive verb

(invite) inviter

➲ have up separable transitive verb

(a) familiar (bring before the authorities)

∎ I'll have you up for blackmail je vais vous poursuivre (en justice) pour chantage;

∎ they were had up by the police for vandalism ils ont été arrêtés pour vandalisme;

∎ he was had up (before the court) for breaking and entering il a comparu (devant le tribunal) pour effraction

(b) (invite from downstairs, the south) inviter;

∎ he had them up (to his flat) for tea il les a invités à venir prendre le thé;

∎ we're having them up from London for the weekend il sont venus nous voir de Londres pour le week-end

✾ Film 'To Have and Have Not' Hawks 'Le Port de l'angoisse'

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > have
11 ua-

negative verb not do, not be. If a verb is to be negated, ua coming before the verb receives any pronominal endings and presumably also any endings for plurality or duality, -r or -t, whereas the uninflected tense-stem of the verb follows: With the ending -n for I, one can thus have constructions like uan carë *I do not aorist, uan carnë *I did not past, uan cára *I am not doing present, uan caruva *I shall not do future. The verb ua- can itself be fully conjugated: \#ua aorist or present?, únë past, úva future, \#uië perfect the aorist and perfect are attested only with the ending -n I. In archaic Quenya these tense-forms could be combined with an uninflected aorist stem, e.g. future *úvan carë = later Quenya uan caruva, I shall not do. In later Quenya, only the forms ua present or aorist and occasionally the past tense form \#únë were used in normal prose únen *I did not, was not. PE17:144; compare FS for úva as a future-tense negative verb will not

Quettaparma Quenyallo (Quenya-English) > ua-
12 οὐ

οὐ, the negative of

A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.

A USAGE.

I as the negative of single words,

II as the negative of the sentence.

I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g. εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained, εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
; εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
; ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles: οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives: οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.; οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs: οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.

II as negativing the whole sentence,

1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ) , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.

2 with ind. of statement, τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ἔνθα κεν οὔ τιν' ἀδάκρυτόν γ' ἐνόησας Ἀργείων Od.24.61
; οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
; οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.

3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται 7.197
; οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίς μῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, cf. 11.387.

4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
, 20.286.

5 with opt. and ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.

6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,

a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq., ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.

b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
; ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
; διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
; μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.; νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
; ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338
, etc.: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051
, cf. Hec. 298; οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.

c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411; οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
; οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.

7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,

a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic., εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).

b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
; κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;
οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
; Id.15.23
, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.

c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)
, τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
; E. Ion 347
.

8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.; λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18; οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.; αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)

9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316
; κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2
. 3; ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8
, etc.; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
; τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352
, cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025
, etc.; ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90
, cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.

b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
; τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
; οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
; τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82
, cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43; τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.

10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v. μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
; τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598
(whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137; ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
; ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.

11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.

12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;
οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
; A.Pr. 956
: so as a strong form of imper.,
οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει
; E. Ion 524
;
οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον
; Din.1.18
;
οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην
; Ar.Ach. 484
; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.

B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639
; οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free, κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79; χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause, καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
; ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end, βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
; οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
; ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; so τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. with ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.; Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause after μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b; κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.

C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641
; ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986
: the first neg. may be a compd., καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a
(similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746
; οὐ follows the compd. neg., οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν ) ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis, οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
; οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a
: so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587; θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.

2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935
(but prob. f.l.); οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.

3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force, ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
; ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g. οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.

D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31
, cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.; οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54
; ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49; ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d; ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence, ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.

E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694
; σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
; ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).

F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., μὴ οὐ S. OT 283
, etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340
.—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.

G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess., οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf. οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse, ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
; ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),
τί δ' οὐχί
; A.Ag. 273
,Fr. 310;
πῶς δ' οὐχί
; Id.Supp. 918
, Ar. Pax 1027; ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.

H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.

I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ
13 -A

or -AT or -T, a negative suffix to verbs, peculiar to Iceland and a part, at least, of Norway. Occurs frequently in old Icelandic poetry and laws, so as almost to form a complete negative voice. In the 1st pers. a personal pronoun k (g) = ek is inserted before the negative suffix, in the 2nd pers. a t or tt. As a rule the pron. as thus repeated; má-k-at-ek, non possum; sé-k-at-ek, non video; hef-k-at-ek, non habeo; skal-k-at-ek; vil-k-at-ek, nolo; mon-k-at-ek, non ero, etc.: 2nd pers. skal-t-at-tu; mon-t-at-tu; gaf-t-at-tu, non dabas: and after a long vowel a tt, mátt-at-tu, sátt-at-tu; so almost invariably in all monosyllabic verbal forms; but not so in bisyllabic ones, máttir-a-þú, non poteras: yet in some instances in the 1st pers. a pronominal g is inserted, e. g. bjargi-g-a-k, verbally servem ego non ego; höggvi-g-a-k, non cædam; stöðvi-g-a-k, quin sistam; vildi-g-a-k, nolui; hafði-g-a-k, non babui; mátti-g-a-k, non potui; görði-g-a-k, non feci: if the verb has gg as final radical consonants, they change into kk, e. g. þikk-at-ek = þigg-k-at-ek, nolo accipere. In the 3rd pers. a and at or t are used indifferently, t being particularly suffixed to bisyllabic verbal flexions ending in a vowel, in order to avoid an hiatus,—skal-at or skal-a, non erit; but skolo-t, non sunto: forms with an hiatus, however, occur,—bíti-a, non mordat; renni-a, ne currat; skríði-a, id.; leti-a, ne retardet; væri-a, ne esset; urðu-a, non erant; but bíti-t, renni-t, skríði-t, urðu-t are more current forms: v. Lex. Poët. The negative suffix is almost peculiar to indic., conj., and imperat. moods; the neg. infin. hardly occurs. Nothing analogous to this form is to be found in any South-Teutonic idiom; neither do there remain any traces of its having been used in Sweden or Denmark. A single exception is the Runic verse on a stone monument in Öland, an old Danish province, now Swedish, where however the inscriptions may proceed from a Norse or Icel. hand. The Runic inscriptions run thus, sa’r aigi flo, who did not fly, old Icel. ‘flo-at,’ Baut. 1169. Neither does it occur in any Norse prose monuments (laws): but its use may yet be inferred from its occurrence in Norse poets of the 10th century, e. g. the poets Eyvind and Thiodolf; some of which instances, however, may be due to their being transmitted through Icel. oral tradition. In Bragi Gamli (9th century) it occurs twice or thrice; in the Haustlöng four times, in Ynglingatal four times, in Hákonarmál once (all Norse poems of the 10th century). In Icel. the suffixed negation was in full force through the whole of the 10th century. A slight difference in idioms, however, may be observed: Völuspá, e. g., prefers the negation by né (using vas-at only once, verse 3). In the old Hávamal the suffix abounds (being used thirty-five times), see the verses 6, 10, 11, 18, 26, 29, 30, 34, 37–39, 49, 51, 52, 68, 74, 88, 113–115, 126–128, 130, 134, 136, 147, 149, 151, 153, 159. In Skírnismál, Harbarðsljóð, Lokasenna—all these poems probably composed by the same author, and not before the 10th century—about thirty times, viz. Hbl. 3, 4, 8, 14, 26, 35, 56; Skm. 5, 18, 22; Ls. 15, 16, 18, 25, 28, 30, 36, 42, 47, 49, 56, 60, 62. Egil (born circa 900, died circa 990) abounds in the use of the suffixed neg. (he most commonly avails himself of -at, -gi, or né): so, too, does Hallfred (born circa 968, died 1008), Einar Skálaglam in Vellekla (circa 940–995), and Thorarin in the Máhlíðingavísur (composed in the year 981); and in the few epigrams relating to the introduction of Christianity in Icel. (995–1000) there occur mon-k-að-ek, tek-k-at-ek, vil-k-at-ek, hlífði-t, mon-a, es-a; cp. the Kristni S. and Njala. From this time, however, its use becomes more rare. Sighvat (born circa 995, died 1040) still makes a frequent but not exclusive use of it. Subsequent poets use it now and then as an epic form, until it disappeared almost entirely in poetry at the middle or end of the 13th century. In the Sólarljóð there is not a single instance. The verses of some of our Sagas are probably later than the Sagas themselves; the greatest part of the Völsungakviður are scarcely older than the 11th century. In all these -at and conj. eigi are used indifferently. In prose the laws continued to employ the old forms long after they were abolished in common prose. The suffixed verbal negation was used,

α. in the delivering of the oath in the Icel. Courts, esp. the Fifth Court, instituted about the year 1004; and it seems to have been used through the whole of the Icel. Commonwealth (till the year 1272). The oath of the Fifth (High) Court, as preserved in the Grágás, runs in the 1st pers., hefka ek fé borit í dóm þenna til liðs mér um sök þessa, ok ek monka bjóða, hefka ek fundit, ok monka ek finna, hvárki til laga né ólaga, p. 79; and again p. 81, only different as to ek hefka, ek monka (new Ed.): 3rd pers., hefirat hann fé; borit í dóm þenna ok monat hann bjóða, ok hefirat hann fundit, ok monat hann tinna, 80, 81; cp. also 82, and Nj. l. c. ch. 145, where it is interesting to observe that the author confounds the ist and 3rd persons, a sign of decay in grammatical form.

β. the Speaker (lögsögumaðr), in publicly reciting and explaining the law, and speaking in the name of the law, from the Hill of Laws (lögberg), frequently employed the old form, esp. in the legal words of command es and skal (yet seldom in plur.): erat in the dictatorial phrases, erat skyldr (skylt), non esto obligatus; erat landeigandi skyldr, Grág. (Kb.) i. 17; erat hinn skyldr, 21; yngri maðr era skyldr at fasta, 35; enda erat honum þá skylt at …, 48; erat þat sakar spell, 127; era hinn þá skyldr at lýsa, 154; erat hann framar skyldr sakráða, 216; ok erat hann skyldr at ábyrgjask þat fé, 238; ok erat hann skyldr, id.; ok erat sakar aðili ella skyldr, ii. 74; erat hinn skyldr við at taka, 142; erat manni skylt at taka búfé, 143; enda erat heimting til fjár þess, 169; era hann þá skyldr at taka við í öðru fé nema hann vili, 209; ok erat þeim skylt at tíunda fé sitt, 211; ok erat hann skyldr at gjalda tíund af því, 212; erat kirkjudrottinn þá skyldr, 228; ef hann erat landeigandi, i. 136. Skalat: skalat maðr eiga fó óborit, i. 23; skalat homum þat verða optar en um siun, 55; skalat maðr ryðja við sjálfan sik, 62; skalat hann þat svá dvelja, 68; skalat hann til véfangs ganga, 71; skalat aðilja í stefnuvætti hafa, 127; ok skala hann gjalda fyrir þat, 135; ok skalat hann með sök fara, 171; enda skalat hann fleirum baugum bœta, 199; skalat hann skilja félagit, 240; skalat hann meiri skuld eiga en, ii. 4; skalat þeim meðan á brott skipta, 5; skalat hann lögvillr verða, svá, 34; skalat hon at heldr varðveita þat fé, 59; í skalat enn sami maðr þar lengr vera, 71; ok skala honum bæta þat, 79; skalat fyl telja, 89; skalat hann banna fiskför, 123; skalat hann lóga fé því á engi veg, 158; skalat drepa þá menn, 167; skalat svá skipta manneldi, 173; skalat maðr reiðast við fjórðungi vísu, 183. Plur.: skolut menn andvitni bera ok hér á þingi, i. 68; skolut mál hans standast, 71; skolut þeir færi til vefangs ganga en, 75, etc. etc. Other instances are rare: tekrat þar fé er eigi er til (a proverb), i. 9; ok um telrat þat til sakbóta, ok of telrat þá til sakbóta ( it does not count), 178; ef hann villat ( will not) lýsa sár sitt, 51; ok ræðrat hann öðrum mönnum á hendr þann úmaga, 248; ræðrat sá sínum ómögum á hendr, ii. 18; verðrat honum at sakarspelli and verðrat honum þat at s., i. 63; verðrat honum þat at sakarvörn, 149; kömrat hann öðru við, ii. 141; þarfat hann bíða til þess, i. 70; ok skilrat hann frá aðra aura, ii. 141, i. 136. Reflexive form: kömskat hann til heimtingar um þat fé, he loses the claim to the money, ii. 180, etc. All these instances are taken from the Kb. (Ed. 1853). Remarkable is also the ambiguity in the oath of Glum (see Sir Edm. Head, Viga-Glum, pp. 102, 103, note, I. c.), who, instead of the plain common formal oath—vask-at-ek þar, vák-at-ek þar, rauðk-at-ek þar odd ok egg—said, vask at þar, vák at þar, rauðk at þar. He inverted the sense by dropping the intermediate pronominal ek between the verb and þar, and pronouncing ‒ ‒́ instead of ‒́ ⏑. It further occurs in some few proverbs: varat af vöru, sleikði um þvöru, Fs. 159; veldrat sá er varir, Nj. 61 (now commonly ekki veldr sá er v., so in Grett.); erat héra at borgnara þótt hœna beri skjöld, Fms. vii. 116; era hlums vant kvað refr, dró hörpu á ísi, 19: also in some phrases, referred to as verba ipsissima from the heathen age—erat vinum líft Ingimundar, Fs. 39; erat sjá draumr minni, Ld. 128. Thorodd employs it twice or thrice: því at ek sékk-a þess meiri þörf, because í do not see any more reason for this, Skálda 167; kannka ek til þess meiri ráð en lítil, I do not know, id.; mona ( will not) mín móna ( my mammy) við mik göra verst hjóna, 163. In sacred translations of the 12th century it occurs now and then. In the Homilies and Dialogues of Gregory the Great: monatþu í því flóði verða, thou shalt not; esa þat undarligt þótt, it is not to be wondered at; hann máttia sofna, he could not sleep; moncaþ ek banna, I shall not mind, Greg. 51, 53; vasal kall heyrt á strætum, was not, Post. 645. 84; nú mona fríðir menn hér koma, Niðrst. 623. 7. In later writers as an archaism; a few times in the Al. (MS. A. M. 519), 3, 5, 6, 44, 108; and about as many times in the MS. Eirspennill (A. M. 47, fol.) [Etymon uncertain; that at is the right form may be inferred from the assimilation in at-tu, and the anastrophe in t, though the reason for the frequent dropping of the t is still unexplained. The coincidence with the Scottish dinna, canna is quite accidental.]

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > -A
14 οὐ

1
οὐ (Hom.+; s. Schwyzer II 591–94) objective (as opp. to subjective μή) negative adv., denying the reality of an alleged fact; in the NT used w. the ind. (μή serves as the neg. for the other moods, including inf. and ptc.—w. certain exceptions, which will be discussed below. S. B-D-F §426; Rob. 1168f; Mlt-Turner 281f). Before vowels w. the smooth breathing it takes the form οὐκ; before those w. the rough breathing it is οὐχ; in the mss. this rule is freq. disregarded (W-S. §5, 10bc; B-D-F §14; Rob. 224). On its use s. B-D-F §426–33; Rdm.² p. 210ff; Rob. 1155–66.

① a negative response to a question or statement, as accented form, οὔ: no Mt 13:29 (Schwyzer II 596f); J 1:21; 7:12; 21:5. ἤτω ὑμῶν τὸ οὒ οὔ let your ‘no’ be ‘no’ Js 5:12. Doubled for emphasis (s. ναί e.—οὒ οὔ Nicetas Eugen. 5, 76 H. Likew. μὴ μή=no, no! [Herodas 3, 71; Meleager, I B.C., in Anth. Pal. 12, 80, 3; Psellus p. 268, 15 μὴ μὴ μάγιστρε]) Mt 5:37; 2 Cor 1:17ff. On οὐ μὲν οὖν s. οὐμενοῦν.

② marker of negative propositions, not

ⓐ used to negative single words or clauses (Ar. 13, 7 μῦθοί εἰσι καὶ οὐκ ἄλλο τι; Just., A II, 2, 2 οὐ σωφρόνως; Tat. 5, 1 οὐ κατὰ ἀποκοπήν;—as earlier Gk.: Hom. et al.; s. Kühner-G. II, 182; Schwyzer II 593f)

α. οὐ πᾶς not every one Mt 7:21. οὐ πάντες 19:11; Ro 9:6; 10:16. πάντες οὐ κοιμηθησόμεθα we shall not all fall asleep 1 Cor 15:51 (s. JBurn, ET, 1926, 236f; POppenheim, TQ 112, ’31, 92–135; AVaccari, Biblica 13, ’32, 73–76; B-D-F §433, 2; Rob. 753). Likew. transposed διατί πάντες οὐ μετενόησαν; why have not all repented? Hs 8, 6, 2. οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Cor 15:39. οὐ πάντως Ro 3:9; 1 Cor 5:10.—καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου λαόν μου those who were not my people I will call my people Ro 9:25a (Hos 2:25b); cp. 1 Pt 2:10. οὐκ ἔθνος no nation at all Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21).

β. freq. in litotes (cp. Lysias 13, 62 εἰ μὲν οὐ πολλοὶ ἦσαν Tat. 3, 2) οὐ πολλοί, πολλαί J 2:12; Ac 1:5 (οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ἡμέρας = μετʼ οὐ πολλ. ἡμ.; cp. οὐκ ἐξ ὄντων = ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων 2 Macc 7:28). οὐκ ὀλίγος, ὀλίγη, ὀλίγοι, ὀλίγαι Ac 17:4, 12; 19:23f; 27:20. οὐκ ἄσημος 21:39. οὐχ ἁγνῶς Phil 1:17. οὐ μετρίως Ac 20:12. οὐκ ἐκ μέτρου J 3:34. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon (afterward) Ac 27:14 S. also δ below.

γ. not in a contrast τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις Col 3:23. τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως 1 Cor 9:26.

δ. as a periphrasis for some concepts expressed by verbs: οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν know quite well 2 Cor 2:11. οὐκ ἐᾶν prevent Ac 16:7 (cp. Il. 2, 132); 19:30. οὐκ ἔχειν be in need Mt 13:12; Mk 4:25 (on these two pass. s. Schwyzer II 593, w. ref. to Kühner-G. II 189–92; contrast the use of μή in Lk 8:18). οὐ θέλειν refuse 2 Th 3:10. οὐ πταίειν Js 3:2. οὐχ ὑπακούειν be disobedient 2 Th 3:14. οὐ φιλεῖν be unfriendly to, disesteem 1 Cor 16:22.

ⓑ used sometimes w. the ptc. From a above are derived the points under which this is done, contrary to the rule given at beg. of entry. In addition, it is prob. that in individual cases earlier literary influence is still at work (for earlier Gk. s. Kühner-G. II 198–203. μή suggests contingency).—B-D-F §430; Mlt. 231f (w. pap exx.; cp. Just., A I, 33, 4 οὐ συνουσιασθεῖσαν τὴν παρθένον; 67, 5 τοῖς οὐ παροῦσι al.); Rdm.² 212; Mlt-Turner 284f.

α. to negative a single concept: πράγματα οὐ βλεπόμενα things not seen Hb 11:1. οὐχ ὁ τυχών extraordinary Ac 19:11; 28:2 (cp. Com. Att. Fgm. III 442 no. 178 οὐδὲ τοῖς τυχοῦσι). θλιβόμενοι ἀλλʼ, οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι 2 Cor 4:8; cp. vs. 9.

β. in strong emphasis or contrast: ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον ἔνδυμα γάμου (emphasizing the fact that his dress was improper) Mt 22:11. οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν (emphasizing the great heroism of their act) Hb 11:35. οὐ βλέπων Lk 6:42. οὐκ ἰδόντες 1 Pt 1:8. οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου Ac 7:5.—Contrast: Ac 28:19. τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες θεὸν … νῦν δέ Gal 4:8. καὶ οὐ introducing a contrast is also used w. the ptc. καὶ οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες Phil 3:3. καὶ οὐ κρατῶν Col 2:19. ὁ μισθωτὸς καὶ οὐκ ὢν ποιμήν J 10:12.

γ. In quotations fr. the LXX in the NT we notice the tendency of the OT translators regularly to render לֹא w. the ptc. by οὐ: ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην Ro 9:25b (Hos 2:25a). οἱ οὐκ ἠλεημένοι 1 Pt 2:10 (Hos 1:6).

δ. τὰ οὐκ ἀνήκοντα Eph 5:4 v.l. is presumably a mingling of τὰ μὴ ἀνήκοντα and (the rdg. in the text itself) ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν (as early as P⁴⁶).

ⓒ in main clauses

α. in simple statements w. the indic. οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτήν Mt 1:25. οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 6:24. οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια Mk 1:34. οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τέκνον Lk 1:7. οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν Ac 1:7. οὐ γάρ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Ro 1:16 and very oft. οὐ γάρ σου ἠκούσαμέν ποτε AcPlCor 1:14.

β. used to negative the prohibitive future (Hebr. לֹא w. the impf.—Synes., Ep. 67 p. 211b οὐκ ἀγνοήσεις) οὐ φονεύσεις Mt 5:21; cp. vs. 27; Mt 19:18; Ro 7:7; 13:9 (all commandments fr. the Decalogue: Ex 20:13–17; Dt 5:17–21). Also οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις Mt 5:33. οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον Lk 4:12 (Dt 6:16); Ac 23:5 (Ex 22:27); 1 Cor 9:9 (Dt 25:4).—Mt 6:5.

ⓓ in subordinate clauses

α. in relative clauses w. indic. (in the NT, μή is found in such clauses only Tit 1:11; 2 Pt 1:9; 1J 4:3 [but s. B-D-F §428, 4 and Rob. 1158]; Ac 15:29 D; Col 2:18 v.l.): Mt 10:38; 12:2; Mk 4:25 (s. 2aδ above) Lk 6:2; J 6:64; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15); Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26) al.

β. in declarative clauses w. ὅτι, likew. in temporal and causal clauses w. ind.: ὅτι οὐ J 5:42; 1 Th 2:1. ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριοτός 1J 2:22 (on the negative here s. ἀρνέομαι 2).—ἐπει οὐ Lk 1:34. ὅτε οὐ 2 Ti 4:3.—εἰ οὐ w. indic.: εἰ οὐ δώσει αὐτῷ Lk 11:8; cp. ὅστις (ὸ̔ς) οὐκ ἔχει Mt 13:12 and Mk 4:25=ὸ̔ς ἂν μὴ ἔχει Lk 8:18 (Schwyzer II 593). εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ ἐγένεσθε 16:12; Mk 11:26; Lk 18:4; J 1:25; 10:37; Ro 8:9b; 11:21; Hb 12:25.—Once actually in a contrary-to-fact condition: καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ ἐγεννήθη Mt 26:24=Mk 14:21=1 Cl 46:8 (B-D-F §428, 2; Rob. 1160; Mlt-Turner 284).

ⓔ in combination w. other negatives, strengthening the negation (Mel. Chor. Adesp., Fgm. no. 11 Diehl² [’42] οὐ μήποτε τὰν ἀρετὰν ἀλλάξομαι ἀντʼ ἀδίκου κέρδεος ‘I shall never exchange virtue for unjust gain’; GrBar 13:3 οὐκ … οὐδέν; Just., D. 26, 1) Mt 22:16; Mk 5:37; Lk 4:2; 23:53 (οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω); J 6:63; 11:49; 12:19; 15:5; Ac 8:39; 2 Cor 11:9. οὐ μηκέτι (s. μηκέτι fα) Mt 21:19 v.l. For use in questions s. 3 below.

α. On the combination of οὐ and μή s. μή 4.

β. The combining of οὐδέ and οὐ μή to form οὐδʼ οὐ μή instead of οὐδὲ μή is a late development (a barbarism?; B-D-F §431, 3; Rob. 1175; Mlt-Turner 286.—Prayer to the god Socnopaeus: Mitt-Wilck I/2, 122, 2ff εἰ οὐ δίδοταί μοι συμβιῶσαι Ταπεθεῦτι Μαρρείους οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται ἄλλου γυνή [Rdm.² 211f]; LXX) Mt 24:21. οὐ μή σε ἀνῶ οὐδʼ οὐ μή σε ἐγκαταλίπω Hb 13:5 (Dt 31:6 A, 8 A οὐδ οὐ μή; 1 Ch 28:20 A).—οὐδὲν … οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσει instead of οὐδὲν … μὴ … Lk 10:19. οὐδὲν οὐ μὴ λήψῃ Hm 9:5.

ⓕ w. one of two clauses that are either coordinate or contrasted.

α. οὐ … ἀλλά s. ἀλλά 1ab.—1 Th 2:4 the οὐ w. the ptc. is prob. to be explained under this head (s. 3 above).

β. οὐ …, … δέ Ac 12:9, 14; Hb 4:13, 15.

γ. …, ἀλλʼ οὐ looking back upon a ‘to be sure’ 1 Cor 10:5, 23.

δ. οὐ μόνον, ἀλλὰ (καί) s. μόνος 2c.

ε. οὐ … εἰ μή s. εἰ 6i.

③ marker of expectation of an affirmative answer, not so?

ⓐ to a direct question (Hom. et al.):

α. do … not? does … not? (B-D-F §427, 2; Rob. 917): οὐκ ἀκούεις, πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν; you hear, do you not …? Mt 27:13. οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 6:26. Cp. vs. 30. ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν οὐ τελεῖ δίδραχμα; your teacher pays the two-drachma tax, does he not? Mt 17:24.—Mk 6:3; 7:18; 12:24; Lk 11:40; J 4:35; 6:70; 7:25; Ac 9:21 and oft. οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα; does it make no difference to you that we are perishing? Mk 4:38. In a related sense

β. destroying the force of the negation (cp. Hdt. et al.; Schwyzer II 598): Ac 4:20; 1 Cor 12:15 (B-D-F §431, 1; Rob. 1164).—In questions, if the verb itself is already negatived (by οὐ), the negation can be invalidated by the interrogative particle μή (s. μή 3a), which expects the answer ‘no’, so that the stage is set for an affirmative answer (Aesop, Fab. 374 P.=404aH. μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=certainly there is grass, is there not?) μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν; surely they have heard, have they not? Ro 10:18; cp. vs. 19. μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν; we have the right, do we not? 1 Cor 9:4; cp. vs. 5. μὴ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε; you have houses, do you not? 11:22.

ⓑ to a question expressed impatiently in the second pers. of the fut. indic. and functioning as an imperative οὐ παύσῃ;=παῦσαι! will you not stop? = stop! Ac 13:10.—DELG. M-M.
2
οὐ μεν οὖν (so Aristoph., Plu. 870, Ran. 556; 1188; also οὐμενοῦν Paus. 1, 21, 1) adv. (Aristoph., Pla. et al.; incl. Luc., Jupp. Tr. 35 twice.—Kühner=G. II 158) a marker introducing a negative statement in contradiction of discourse that precedes, not at all, by no means (expressing a strong negation to a question) Dg 7:4.
3
οὐ μή s. μή 4.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οὐ
15 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
16 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
17 but

1. conjunction
(used to show a contrast between two or more things: John was there, but Peter was not.) pero

2. preposition
(except (for): no-one but me; the next road but one.) excepto

but¹ conj

1. pero

I'd like to come to the party, but I can't me gustaría ir a la fiesta, pero no puedo

2. sino

the party's not on Saturday, but on Sunday la fiesta no es el sábado, sino el domingo

but² prep salvo / excepto / menos

everyone but me todos menos yo

I can go any day but Wednesday puedo ir cualquier día excepto el miércoles

but

tr[bʌt]

conjunction

1 pero

■ it's cold, but dry hace frío, pero no llueve

■ I'd like to, but I can't me gustaría, pero no puedo

2 (after negative) sino

■ not two, but three no dos, sino tres

3 (after negative with verb) sino que

■ she told him not to wait, but to go home le dijo que no se esperara, sino que se fuera para casa

adverb

1 (nada) más que, no... sino, solamente, sólo,

■ he spoke nothing but the truth no dijo nada más que la verdad

■ she is but three days old sólo tiene tres días

■ he spoke to her but a few days ago sólo hace un par de días que habló con ella

preposition

1 excepto, salvo, menos

■ everyone but me todos menos yo

■ I can meet you any day but Friday te puedo ver cualquier día excepto el viernes

■ he'll do anything but scrub the floor hará cualquier cosa salvo fregar el suelo

noun

1 pero

■ there are no buts about it no hay pero que valga

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

but for de no ser por, si no fuera por

■ but for him, we would have failed de no ser por él, habríamos fracasado

■ but for his help we would be bankrupt si no fuera por su ayuda estaríamos en la ruina

had I but «+ pp»... si lo + imperf subj...

■ had I but known si lo hubiera sabido

there is nothing for it but to «+ inf» no hay más remedio que + inf

■ there's nothing for it but to report him no hay más remedio que denunciarlo

the last but one el/la penúltimo,-a

but ['bʌt] conj

1) that: que

there is no doubt but he is lazy: no cabe duda que sea perezoso

2) without: sin que

3) nevertheless: pero, no obstante, sin embargo

I called her but she didn't answer: la llamé pero no contestó

4) yet: pero

he was poor but proud: era pobre pero orgulloso

but prep

except: excepto, menos

everyone but Carlos: todos menos Carlos

the last but one: el penúltimo

but

adv.

• pero adv.

• sino adv.

• solamente adv.

conj.

• ahora conj.

• empero conj.

• mas conj.

• pero conj.

• sino conj.

n.

• objeción s.f.

• pero s.m.

prep.

• excepto prep.

I bʌt, weak form bət
conjunction

1)

a) ( however) pero

she was fired, but they were not — la despidieron a ella pero no a ellos

everybody, but everybody knows that — eso no hay nadie que no lo sepa

you're really bugging me but good! — (AmE colloq) qué manera de darme la lata! (fam)

b) ( used for introductory emphasis) pero

but what made you say it? — ¿pero por qué lo dijiste?

surely he doesn't believe that? - oh, but he does! — no puede ser que se crea eso - pues sí que se lo cree

c)

but then — (as linker) (however, still) pero; ( in that case) pero entonces

but then you never were very ambitious, were you? — pero la verdad es que tú nunca fuiste muy ambicioso ¿no?

I don't want to, but then again I do — no quiero, pero a la vez or al mismo tiempo sí quiero

2)

not... but... — no... sino...

it appears that she's not Greek but Albanian — parece que no es griega, sino albanesa

not only did she hit him, but she also... — no sólo le pegó, sino que también...

II

preposition

a) ( except)

everyone but me — todos menos or excepto or salvo yo

the last street but one — la penúltima calle

the next street but one — la próxima calle no: la siguiente

I had no alternative but to leave — no me quedó otra alternativa que irme

there's nothing we can do but wait — no podemos hacer otra cosa sino esperar, lo único que podemos hacer es esperar

b)

but for: but for them, we'd have lost everything — de no haber sido or si no hubiera sido por ellos, habríamos perdido todo

III

adverb (frml)

we can but try — con intentarlo no se pierde nada

he's but a child — no es más que un niño

one can't help but admire her audacity — uno no puede (por) menos que admirar su audacia

IV bʌt
noun pero m

no buts: come here at once! — no hay pero que valga, ven aquí inmediatamente!

[bʌt]
1. CONJ

1) (contrasting) pero

she was poor but she was honest — era pobre pero honrada

I want to go but I can't afford it — quiero ir, pero no tengo el dinero

but it does move! — ¡pero sí se mueve!

2) (in direct contradiction) sino

• he's not Spanish but Italian — no es español sino italiano

he didn't sing but he shouted — no cantó sino que gritó

3) (subordinating)

• we never go out but it rains — nunca salimos sin que llueva

I never go there but I think of you — nunca voy allá sin pensar en ti

- it never rains but it pours

4) (as linker)

• but then he couldn't have known — por otro lado, no podía saber or haberlo sabido

but then you must be my cousin! — ¡entonces tú debes ser mi primo!

2.

ADV (=only) solo, sólo, solamente; (=no more than) no más que
In the past the standard spelling for solo as an adverb was with an accent (sólo). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented form is only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective solo.

if I could but speak to him — si solamente or solo pudiese hablar con él

• you can but try — con intentar no se pierde nada

one cannot but admire him — no se puede sino admirarle

she's but a child — no es más que una niña

• all but naked — casi desnudo

• had I but known — de haberlo sabido (yo), si lo hubiera sabido

3.

PREP (=except) menos, excepto, salvo

• anything but that — cualquier cosa menos eso

• everyone but him — todos menos él

• but for you — si no fuera por ti

• the last but one — el/la penúltimo(-a)

the last but three — el tercero antes del último

• there is nothing for it but to pay up — no hay más remedio que pagar

• who but she could have said something like that? — ¿quién sino ella podría haber dicho semejante cosa?

4.

N pero m, objeción f

• no buts about it! — ¡no hay pero que valga!

come on, no buts, off to bed with you! — ¡vale ya! no hay pero que valga, ¡a la cama!
BUT There are three main ways of translating the conjunction but: pero, sino and sino que.
Contrasting
► To introduce a contrast or a new idea, use pero:
Strange but interesting Extraño pero interesante
I thought he would help me but he refused Creí que me ayudaría, pero se negó ► In informal language, pero can be used at the start of a comment:
But where are you going to put it? Pero ¿dónde lo vas a poner? NOTE: In formal language, s in embargo or no obstante may be preferred:
But, in spite of the likely benefits, he still opposed the idea Sin embargo or No obstante, a pesar de las probables ventajas, todavía se oponía a la idea
Correcting a previous negative
► When but or but rather introduces a noun phrase, prepositional phrase or verb in the infinitive which corrects a previous negative, translate but using sino:
Not wine, but vinegar No vino, sino vinagre
They aren't from Seville, but from Bilbao No son de Sevilla, sino de Bilbao
His trip to London was not to investigate the case but to hush it up Su viaje a Londres no fue para investigar el caso sino para taparlo ► When but or but rather introduces a verb clause (or requires a verb clause in Spanish) which corrects a previous negative, translate using sino que:
He's not asking you to do what he says but (rather) to listen to him No te pide que hagas lo que él dice, sino que le escuches
Not only... but also
► When the but also part of this construction contains ((subject)) + ((verb)), translate using no solo or no sólo or no solamente... sino que también or sino que además:
It will not only cause tension, but it will also damage the economy No solo or No sólo or No solamente provocará tensiones, sino que además or sino que también dañará la economía ► When the but also part does not contain ((subject)) + ((verb)), translate using no solo or no sólo or no solamente... sino también or sino además:
Not only rich but also powerful No solo or No sólo or No solamente rico sino también or sino además poderoso
We don't only want to negotiate but also to take decisions No queremos solo or sóloor solamente negociar, sino también tomar decisiones For further uses and examples, see main entry
* * *

I [bʌt], weak form [bət]
conjunction

1)

a) ( however) pero

she was fired, but they were not — la despidieron a ella pero no a ellos

everybody, but everybody knows that — eso no hay nadie que no lo sepa

you're really bugging me but good! — (AmE colloq) qué manera de darme la lata! (fam)

b) ( used for introductory emphasis) pero

but what made you say it? — ¿pero por qué lo dijiste?

surely he doesn't believe that? - oh, but he does! — no puede ser que se crea eso - pues sí que se lo cree

c)

but then — (as linker) (however, still) pero; ( in that case) pero entonces

but then you never were very ambitious, were you? — pero la verdad es que tú nunca fuiste muy ambicioso ¿no?

I don't want to, but then again I do — no quiero, pero a la vez or al mismo tiempo sí quiero

2)

not... but... — no... sino...

it appears that she's not Greek but Albanian — parece que no es griega, sino albanesa

not only did she hit him, but she also... — no sólo le pegó, sino que también...

II

preposition

a) ( except)

everyone but me — todos menos or excepto or salvo yo

the last street but one — la penúltima calle

the next street but one — la próxima calle no: la siguiente

I had no alternative but to leave — no me quedó otra alternativa que irme

there's nothing we can do but wait — no podemos hacer otra cosa sino esperar, lo único que podemos hacer es esperar

b)

but for: but for them, we'd have lost everything — de no haber sido or si no hubiera sido por ellos, habríamos perdido todo

III

adverb (frml)

we can but try — con intentarlo no se pierde nada

he's but a child — no es más que un niño

one can't help but admire her audacity — uno no puede (por) menos que admirar su audacia

IV [bʌt]
noun pero m

no buts: come here at once! — no hay pero que valga, ven aquí inmediatamente!

English-spanish dictionary > but
18 do

I 1. transitive verb,
neg. coll. don't, pres. t. he does, neg. (coll.) doesn't, p.t. did, neg. (coll.) didn't, pres. p. doing, p.p. done

1) (perform) machen [Hausaufgaben, Hausarbeit, Examen, Handstand]; vollbringen [Tat]; tun, erfüllen [Pflicht]; tun, verrichten [Arbeit]; ausführen [Malerarbeiten]; vorführen [Trick, Striptease, Nummer, Tanz]; durchführen [Test]; aufführen [Stück]; singen [Lied]; mitmachen [Rennen, Wettbewerb]; spielen [Musikstück, Rolle]; tun [Buße]

do the shopping/washing up/cleaning — einkaufen [gehen]/abwaschen/sauber machen

do a lot of reading/walking — etc. viel lesen/spazieren gehen usw.

do a dance/the foxtrot — tanzen/Foxtrott tanzen

have nothing to do — nichts zu tun haben

do something to something/somebody — etwas mit etwas/jemandem machen

what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (in shop) was darf's sein?

do something about something/somebody — etwas gegen etwas/jemanden unternehmen

not know what to do with oneself — nicht wissen, was man machen soll

that does it — jetzt reicht's (ugs.)

that's done it — (caused a change for the worse) das hat das Fass zum Überlaufen gebracht; (caused a change for the better) das hätten wir

that will/should do it — so müsste es gehen; (is enough) das müsste genügen

do a Garbo — (coll.) es der Garbo (Dat.) gleichtun

how many miles has this car done? — wie viele Kilometer hat der Wagen gefahren?

the car does/was doing about 100 m.p.h./does 45 miles to the gallon — das Auto schafft/fuhr mit ungefähr 160 Stundenkilometer/frisst (ugs.) od. braucht sechs Liter pro 100 Kilometer

2) (spend)

do a spell in the armed forces — eine Zeit lang bei der Armee sein

how much longer have you to do at college? — wie lange musst du noch aufs College gehen?

3) (produce) machen [Übersetzung, Kopie]; anfertigen [Bild, Skulptur]; herstellen [Artikel, Produkte]; schaffen [Pensum]

4) (provide) haben [Vollpension, Mittagstisch]; (coll.): (offer for sale) führen

5) (prepare) machen [Bett, Frühstück]; (work on) machen (ugs.), fertig machen [Garten, Hecke]; (clean) sauber machen; putzen [Schuhe, Fenster]; machen (ugs.) [Treppe]; (arrange) [zurecht]machen [Haare]; fertig machen [Korrespondenz, Zimmer]; (make up) schminken [Lippen, Augen, Gesicht]; machen (ugs.) [Nägel]; (cut) schneiden [Nägel]; schneiden [Gras, Hecke]; (paint) machen (ugs.) [Zimmer]; streichen [Haus, Möbel]; (attend to) sich kümmern um [Bücher, Rechnungen, Korrespondenz]; (repair) in Ordnung bringen

6) (cook) braten

well done — durch[gebraten]

7) (solve) lösen [Problem, Rätsel]; machen [Puzzle, Kreuzworträtsel]

8) (study, work at) machen; haben [Abiturfach]

9) (sl.): (swindle) reinlegen (ugs.)

do somebody out of something — jemanden um etwas bringen

10) (sl.): (defeat, kill) fertig machen (ugs.)

11) (traverse) schaffen [Entfernung]

12) (sl.): (undergo) absitzen, (salopp) abreißen [Strafe]

13) (coll.): (visit) besuchen

do Europe in three weeks — Europa in drei Wochen absolvieren od. abhaken (ugs.)

14) (satisfy) zusagen (+ Dat.); (suffice for, last) reichen (+ Dat.)
2. intransitive verb, forms as
1.

1) (act) tun; (perform) spielen

you can do just as you like — du kannst machen, was du willst

do as they do — mach es wie sie

do or die — kämpfen oder untergehen

2) (fare)

how are you doing? — wie geht's dir?

3) (get on) vorankommen; (in exams) abschneiden

how are you doing at school? — wie geht es in der Schule?

do well/badly at school — gut/schlecht in der Schule sein

4)

how do you do? — (formal) guten Tag/Morgen/Abend!

5) (coll.): (manage)

how are we doing for time? — wie steht es mit der Zeit od. (ugs.) sieht es mit der Zeit aus?

6) (serve purpose) es tun; (suffice) [aus]reichen; (be suitable) gehen

that won't do — das geht nicht

that will do! — jetzt aber genug!

7) (be usable)

do for or as something — als etwas benutzt werden können

8) (happen)

what's doing? — was ist los?

there's nothing doing on the job market — es tut sich nichts auf dem Arbeitsmarkt (ugs.)

Nothing doing. He's not interested — Nichts zu machen (ugs.). Er ist nicht interessiert. See also academic.ru/21693/doing">doing; done
3. verb substitute, forms as
1.

1) replacing v.: usually not translated

you mustn't act as he does — du darfst nicht so wie er handeln

2) replacing v. and obj. etc

he read the Bible every day as his father did before him — er las täglich in der Bibel, wie es schon sein Vater vor ihm getan hatte od. wie schon vor ihm sein Vater

as they did in the Middle Ages — wie sie es im Mittelalter taten

3) as ellipt. aux

You went to Paris, didn't you? - Yes, I did — Du warst doch in Paris, oder od. nicht wahr? - Ja[, stimmt od. war ich]

4) with ‘so’, ‘it’, etc

I knew John Lennon. - So did I — Ich kannte John Lennon. - Ich auch

go ahead and do it — nur zu

5) in tag questions

I know you from somewhere, don't I? — wir kennen uns doch irgendwoher, nicht?
4. auxiliary verb
+ inf. as pres. or past, forms as 1.

1) for special emphasis

I do love Greece — Griechenland gefällt mir wirklich gut

I do apologize — es tut mit wirklich leid

you do look glum — du siehst ja so bedrückt aus

but I tell you, I did see him — aber ich sage dir doch, dass ich ihn gesehen habe

2) for inversion

little did he know that... — er hatte keine Ahnung, dass...

3) in questions

do you know him? — kennst du ihn?

what does he want? — was will er?

didn't they look wonderful? — haben sie nicht wunderhübsch ausgesehen?

4) in negation

I don't or do not wish to take part — ich möchte nicht teilnehmen

5) in neg. commands

don't or do not expect to find him in a good mood — erwarten Sie nicht, dass Sie ihn in guter Stimmung antreffen

children, do not forget... — Kinder, vergesst [ja] nicht...

don't be so noisy! — seid [doch] nicht so laut!

don't! — tu's/tut's/tun Sie's nicht!

6) + inf. as imper. for emphasis etc

do sit down, won't you? — bitte setzen Sie sich doch!

do be quiet, Paul! — Paul, sei doch mal ruhig!

do hurry up! — beeil dich doch!

Phrasal Verbs:

- do away with

- do by

- do down

- do for

- do in

- do out

- do up

- do with

- do without
II noun
, pl. dos or do's

1) (sl.): (swindle) Schwindel, der; krumme Sache (ugs.)

2) (Brit. coll.): (festivity) Feier, die; Fete, die (ugs.)

3) in pl.

the dos and don'ts — die Ge- und Verbote (of Gen.)

* * *
[du:] 1. 3rd person singular present tense - does; verb
1) (used with a more important verb in questions and negative statements: Do you smoke?) Hilfsverb in Fragen und bei Verneinung

2) (used with a more important verb for emphasis; ; [ðo sit down]) Hilfsverb zur Betonung

3) (used to avoid repeating a verb which comes immediately before: I thought she wouldn't come, but she did.) statt Wiederholung des Verbs

4) (used with a more important verb after seldom, rarely and little: Little did he know what was in store for him.) bei Inversion

5) (to carry out or perform: What shall I do?; That was a terrible thing to do.) tun

6) (to manage to finish or complete: When you've done that, you can start on this; We did a hundred kilometres in an hour.) schaffen

7) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) machen

8) (to be enough or suitable for a purpose: Will this piece of fish do two of us?; That'll do nicely; Do you want me to look for a blue one or will a pink one do?; Will next Saturday do for our next meeting?) genügen

9) (to work at or study: She's doing sums; He's at university doing science.) sich beschäftigen mit

10) (to manage or prosper: How's your wife doing?; My son is doing well at school.) sich befinden

11) (to put in order or arrange: She's doing her hair.) herrichten

12) (to act or behave: Why don't you do as we do?)

13) (to give or show: The whole town gathered to do him honour.) erweisen

14) (to cause: What damage did the storm do?; It won't do him any harm.) zufügen

15) (to see everything and visit everything in: They tried to do London in four days.) erledigen
2. noun
(an affair or a festivity, especially a party: The school is having a do for Christmas.) das Fest

- doer
- doings
- done
- do-it-yourself
- to-do
- I
- he could be doing with / could do with
- do away with
- do for
- done for
- done in
- do out
- do out of
- do's and don'ts
- do without
- to do with
- what are you doing with
* * *

do

[du:]

I. AUXILIARY VERB

<does, did, done>

1. (forming question)

\do you like children? magst du Kinder?

did he see you? hat er dich gesehen?

what did you say? was hast du gesagt?

\do you/ \does he/she indeed [or now]? tatsächlich?

\do I like cheese? — I love cheese! ob ich Käse mag? — ich liebe Käse!

2. (negating verb)

Frida \doesn't like olives Frida mag keine Oliven

I \don't want to go yet! ich will noch nicht gehen!

I \don't smoke ich rauche nicht

it \doesn't matter das macht nichts

\don't [you] speak to me like that! sprich nicht so mit mir!

\don't be silly sei nicht albern!

\don't let's argue about it lasst uns deswegen nicht streiten

3. (for emphasis)

\do come to our party ach komm doch zu unserer Party

may I join you? — please \do! kann ich mitkommen? — aber bitte!

boy, did he yell! der hat vielleicht geschrieen! fam

so you \do like beer after all du magst also doch Bier

you \do look tired du siehst wirklich müde aus

\do shut up, Sarah halte bloß deinen Mund, Sarah

\do tell me! sag's mir doch!

\do I/ \does he/she ever! und ob!

4. (inverting verb)

not only did I speak to her, I even... ich habe nicht nur mit ihr gesprochen, sondern auch...

little \does she know sie hat echt keine Ahnung; (not yet) sie ahnt noch nichts; ( form)

never did I hear such a terrible noise noch nie habe ich so ein schreckliches Geräusch gehört

5. (replacing verb)

she runs much faster than he \does sie läuft viel schneller als er

he said he wouldn't come, but fortunately he did er meinte, dass er nicht kommen würde, aber glücklicherweise tat er es dann doch

\do you like Chopin? — yes, I \do/no, I \don't mögen Sie Chopin? — ja/nein

who ate the cake? — I did!/didn't! wer hat den Kuchen gegessen? — ich!/ich nicht!

I don't like Chinese food — nor [or neither] \do I/I \do ich esse nicht gerne Chinesisch — ich auch nicht/ich schon

... so \do I... ich auch

so you don't like her — I \do! du magst sie also nicht — doch!

6. (requesting affirmation)

you don't understand the question, \do you? Sie verstehen die Frage nicht, stimmt's?

you do understand what I mean, \don't you? du verstehst [doch], was ich meine, oder?

7. (expressing surprise)

so they really got married, did they? dann haben sie also wirklich geheiratet!

II. TRANSITIVE VERB

<does, did, done>

1. (perform)

▪ to \do sth etw tun [o machen]

what shall I \do now? was soll ich jetzt machen?

just \do it! mach's einfach!

what are you \doing over the weekend? was machst du am Wochenende?

haven't you got anything better to \do? hast du nichts Besseres zu tun?

justice must be done Gerechtigkeit muss sein

he \does nothing but complain er beklagt sich echt den ganzen Tag lang fam

what have you done to her? was hast du mit ihr gemacht?

what are these toys \doing here? was macht das [ganze] Spielzeug hier?

what's the front door \doing open? warum steht die Haustür offen?

what on earth are you \doing [there]! was um alles in der Welt machst du denn da?

I'm sorry, it simply can't be done before next weekend tut mir leid, aber vor dem nächsten Wochenende geht es einfach nicht

that was a stupid thing to \do das war dumm!

what have you done with my coat? wo hast du meinen Mantel hingetan?

to \do one's best sein Bestes tun [o geben]

to \do business with sb mit jdm Geschäfte machen fam

to \do lunch esp AM auswärts zu Mittag essen

to \do nothing of the sort nichts dergleichen tun

2. (undertake)

▪ to \do sth with sb/oneself etw mit jdm/sich anfangen

what am I going to \do with myself while you are away? was soll ich nur die ganze Zeit machen, wenn du nicht da bist

3. (help)

▪ to \do sth for sb etw für jdn tun

what can I \do for you? was kann ich für Sie tun?

you never \do anything for me! du tust nie was für mich!

can you \do anything for my bad back, doctor? können Sie was gegen meine Rückenbeschwerden tun, Herr Doktor?

these pills have done nothing for me diese Pillen haben mir überhaupt nicht geholfen

4. (use for)

▪ to \do sth with sth etw mit etw dat tun

what are you going to \do with that hammer? was hast du mit dem Hammer vor?

what should we \do with this box? was sollen wir mit dieser Kiste machen?

5. (job)

to \do sth for a living mit etw dat seinen Lebensunterhalt verdienen

what \does your mother \do? was macht deine Mutter beruflich?

6. (take action)

▪ to \do sth about sth etw gegen etw akk tun

I know I drink too much, but I can't \do anything about it ich weiß, dass ich zu viel trinke, aber ich kann nichts dagegen tun

what is to be done about that? was kann man dagegen tun?

\don't just stand there, \do something! stehen Sie doch nicht nur so rum, tun Sie was!

7. (deal with)

▪ to \do sth etw machen [o erledigen]

if you \do the washing up,... wenn du abspülst,...

let me \do the talking überlass mir das Reden

today we're going to \do Chapter 4 heute beschäftigen wir uns mit Kapitel 4

I found someone to \do the garden wall ich habe jemanden gefunden, der die Gartenmauer bauen wird

to \do one's homework [seine] Hausaufgaben machen

to \do the shopping einkaufen

8. (learn)

▪ to \do sth:

have you ever done any Chinese? hast du jemals Chinesisch gelernt?

Diane did History at London University Diane hat an der London University Geschichte [im Hauptfach] studiert

9. (solve)

▪ to \do sth riddle etw lösen

to \do a crossword ein Kreuzworträtsel lösen [o fam machen]

can you \do this sum for me? kannst du das für mich zusammenrechnen?

10. ( fam: finish)

▪ to be done:

are you done? bist du jetzt fertig? fam

11. (produce)

▪ to \do sth for sb [or sb sth] etw für jdn machen

can you \do me 20 photocopies of this report? kannst du mir diesen Bericht 20-mal abziehen?

12. (tidy)

to \do the dishes das Geschirr abspülen [o SCHWEIZ abwaschen]

to \do one's nails (varnish) sich dat die Nägel lackieren; (cut) sich dat die Nägel schneiden

to \do one's shoes seine Schuhe putzen

to \do one's teeth sich dat die Zähne putzen

13. (arrange)

to \do a bow tie eine Schleife binden

to \do flowers Blumen arrangieren

to get one's hair done zum Friseur [o SCHWEIZ Coiffeur] gehen

where \do you get your hair done? zu welchem Friseur gehst du?

14. (visit)

▪ to \do sth etw besichtigen

to \do India eine Indienreise machen

to \do Nice sich dat Nizza ansehen

15. AUTO

to \do 100 km/h 100 fahren fam

16. (travel)

to \do Paris to Bordeaux in five hours in fünf Stunden von Paris nach Bordeaux fahren

17. (suffice)

▪ to \do sb jdm genügen

that'll \do me nicely, thank you das reicht mir dicke, danke! fam

I only have diet cola — will that \do you? ich habe nur Diätcola — trinkst du die auch?

18. (provide)

▪ to \do sth:

this pub only \does food at lunchtime in diesem Pub gibt es nur zur Mittagszeit etwas zu essen

\do you \do travel insurance as well? bieten Sie auch Reiseversicherungen an?

sorry, we \don't \do hot meals tut mir leid, bei uns gibt es nur kalte Küche

19. (cook)

to \do the cooking kochen

how long should the carrots be done for? wie lange müssen die Karotten kochen?

could you \do me something without fish? könntest du mir etwas ohne Fisch kochen?

20. (cause)

▪ to \do sb sth jdm etw tun

to \do sb a favour jdm einen Gefallen tun

to \do sb good jdm gut tun

it would \do you good to get some fresh air es würde dir gut tun, etwas frische Luft zu schnappen

to \do sb harm jdm schaden; see also credit, honour, justice

21. esp BRIT (serve)

▪ to \do sb jdn drannehmen

but he said he'd \do me next aber er sagte, dass ich als Nächste drankäme!

22. (treat well)

to \do sb well jdn verwöhnen

to \do oneself well es sich dat gutgehen lassen

23. (act)

▪ to \do sth play etw aufführen

to \do a role eine Rolle spielen

who did James Bond before Roger Moore? wer hat James Bond vor Roger Moore gespielt?

24. (impersonate)

▪ to \do sb/sth jdn/etw nachmachen

he \does a brilliant Churchill er kann Churchill wunderbar nachmachen; ( fig)

I hope she won't \do a Mary and get divorced six months after her wedding ich hoffe, sie macht es nicht wie Mary und lässt sich sechs Monate nach ihrer Hochzeit wieder scheiden

25. ( fam sl: rob)

▪ to \do sth in etw dat einen Bruch machen sl

26. ( fam: cheat)

▪ to \do sb jdn übers Ohr hauen fam

he did me for a thousand quid for that car er hat mir einen Tausender für das Auto abgeknöpft

27. ( fam: be in jail)

to \do 5 years [for sth] [wegen einer S. gen] fünf Jahre sitzen

if you're not careful, you'll end up \doing time again wenn du nicht vorsichtig bist, musst du wieder sitzen

28. esp BRIT ( fam: punish)

▪ to \do sb jdn fertigmachen fam

to get done for sth (by the police) wegen einer S. gen von der Polizei angehalten werden; (by a court) für etw akk verurteilt werden

29. ( fam: take drugs)

▪ to \do sth:

how long have you been \doing heroin? wie lange nimmst du schon Heroin?

30. (translate)

to be done into French/German book ins Französische/Deutsche übersetzt worden sein

to \do a translation übersetzen

31. (exhaust)

▪ to have done sb:

this last climb has really done me diese letzte Tour hat mir wirklich den Rest gegeben

32. ( fam: impress)

sth \does nothing for sb etw reißt jdn nicht gerade vom Hocker fam

Bach has never done anything for me Bach hat mich noch nie sonderlich vom Hocker gerissen fam

that film really did something to me dieser Film hat mich wirklich beeindruckt; (excite sexually)

you really \do something to me, you know du machst mich echt an, weißt du [das] fam

33. ( euph fam: have sex)

▪ to \do it with sb mit jdm schlafen euph

how old were you when you first did it? wie alt warst du bei deinem ersten Mal?

34. (don't mention)

\don't good morning me! komm mir nicht mit guten Morgen!

35.

▶ what's done cannot be undone ( prov)

▶ what's done is done ( saying) was passiert ist, ist passiert

▶ that \does it! so, das war's jetzt!

▶ that's done it! jetzt haben wir die Bescherung! fam

III. INTRANSITIVE VERB

<does, did, done>

1. (behave)

to \do right [or the right thing] das Richtige tun

to \do well to do sth gut daran tun, etw zu tun

to \do as one pleases tun, was einem Spaß macht

\do as I \do mach's wie ich fam

\do as you're told tu, was man dir sagt

2. (fare)

sb is \doing badly/fine [or all right] [or well] jdm geht es schlecht/gut

mother and baby are \doing well Mutter und Kind sind wohlauf

how is your mother \doing? wie geht es deiner Mutter?

how is Mary \doing in her new job? wie geht es Mary in ihrem neuen Job?

you could \do better du könntest besser sein; (perform) du könntest es besser machen

George has done well for himself George hat es für seine Verhältnisse weit gebracht

our daughter is \doing well at school unsere Tochter ist gut in der Schule

to be \doing well out of sth erfolgreich mit etw dat sein

3. ( fam: finish)

have you done? bist du fertig?

have you done with those scissors yet? brauchst du die Schere noch?

I haven't done with you yet ich bin noch nicht fertig mit dir

4. (be acceptable, suffice) passen, in Ordnung sein

that'll \do das ist o.k. so

will £10 \do? reichen 10 Pfund?

this kind of behaviour just won't \do! so ein Verhalten geht einfach nicht an!

do you think this will \do for a blanket? glaubst du, das können wir als Decke nehmen?

that'll \do as a cushion das geht [erstmal] als Kissen

this will \do just fine as a table das wird einen guten Tisch abgeben

this will have to \do for a meal das muss als Essen genügen

will this room \do? ist dieses Zimmer o.k. für Sie?

it doesn't \do to criticize your parents seine Eltern kritisiert man nicht

will it \do if I get those books to you by Friday? reicht es, wenn ich dir die Bücher bis Freitag bringe?

we'll make \do with $100 100 Dollar müssen reichen

that will never \do das geht einfach nicht

▪ to \do [for sb] sich akk [für jdn] eignen

5. ( fam: happen)

this town is so boring — there's never anything \doing diese Stadt ist so langweilig — nie tut sich was

6.

▶ it isn't done BRIT es ist nicht üblich

▶ how \do you \do? ( form or dated: as introduction) angenehm

▶ \do unto others as you would they should \do unto you ( prov) was du nicht willst, das man dir tut, das füg auch keinem andern zu prov

▶ what's \doing? ( fam) was ist los?

▶ that will \do jetzt reicht's aber!

IV. NOUN

1. esp BRIT, AUS ( fam: party) Fete f fam

a big \do eine Riesenfete fam

2. BRIT (sl: swindle) Schwindel m fam

3. BRIT ( fam: treatment)

fair \dos gleiches Recht für alle

4. AM (sl)

that's some \do you've got! das ist ja eine Frisur, die du da hast!

5. no pl (droppings)

dog \do Hundehäufchen nt

6. (allowed, not allowed)

the \dos and \don'ts was man tun und was man nicht tun sollte

* * *
I [dəʊ]
n (MUS)
Do nt II [duː] vb: pret did, ptp done
1. AUXILIARY VERB
There is no equivalent in German to the use of do in questions, negative statements and negative commands.
1)

interrogative, negative do you understand? — verstehen Sie?

I don't or do not understand — ich verstehe nicht

what did he say? — was hat er gesagt?

didn't you or did you not know? — haben Sie das nicht gewusst?

don't be silly! — sei nicht albern!

2) in question tags oder

you know him, don't you? — Sie kennen ihn doch?, Sie kennen ihn (doch), oder?

you don't know him, do you? — Sie kennen ihn also nicht, oder?

so you know them, do you? (in surprise) — Sie kennen sie also wirklich or tatsächlich!

he does understand, doesn't he? —

he didn't go, did he? — er ist (doch) nicht gegangen, oder?

3)

substitute for another verb you speak better German than I do — Sie sprechen besser Deutsch als ich

he likes cheese and so do I — er isst gern Käse und ich auch

he doesn't like cheese and neither do I — er mag keinen Käse und ich auch nicht

I don't like cheese but he does — ich mag keinen Käse, aber er schon

they said he would go and he did — sie sagten, er würde gehen und das tat er (dann) auch

4)

in tag responses do you see them often? – yes, I do/no, I don't — sehen Sie sie oft? – ja/nein

do you serve food? – yes, we do — gibts bei Ihnen Essen? – ja

you didn't go, did you? – yes, I did — Sie sind nicht gegangen, oder? – doch

they speak French – oh, do they? — sie sprechen Französisch – ja?, ach, wirklich or tatsächlich?

they speak German – do they really? — sie sprechen Deutsch – wirklich?

may I come in? – do! — darf ich hereinkommen? – ja, bitte

shall I open the window? – no, don't! — soll ich das Fenster öffnen? – nein, bitte nicht!

who broke the window? – I did — wer hat das Fenster eingeschlagen? – ich

5)

for emphasis DO come! (esp Brit) — kommen Sie doch (bitte)!

DO shut up! (esp Brit) — (nun) sei doch (endlich) ruhig!

do tell him that... (esp Brit) —

well do I remember him! — und ob ich mich an ihn erinnere!

it's very expensive, but I DO like it — es ist zwar sehr teuer, aber es gefällt mir nun mal

so you DO know them! — Sie kennen sie also doch!

2. TRANSITIVE VERB

1) tun, machen

I've done a stupid thing —

to do sth again — etw noch (ein)mal tun or machen

sorry, it's impossible, it can't be done — tut mir leid, (ist) ausgeschlossen, es lässt sich nicht machen

can you do it by yourself? —

we did the journey in eight hours — wir haben die Fahrt in acht Stunden geschafft

to do the housework/one's homework —

who did the choreography/the cover design? we'll have to get someone to do the roof — wer hat die Choreografie/den Umschlagentwurf gemacht? wir müssen jemanden bestellen, der das Dach macht (inf)

could you do this letter please — tippen Sie bitte diesen Brief

you do the painting and I'll do the papering — du streichst an und ich tapeziere

he does the film crits for the magazine — er schreibt die Filmkritiken für die Zeitschrift

to do the flowers — die Blumen arrangieren

to do one's make-up — sich schminken

to do one's hair — sich frisieren, sich (dat) die Haare (zurecht)machen (inf)

to do one's nails — sich (dat) die Nägel schneiden or (varnish) lackieren

to do one's teeth (Brit) — sich (dat) die Zähne putzen

to do the dishes — spülen, den Abwasch machen

to do the washing — Wäsche waschen

to do the ironing — bügeln

he knows it's a mistake but he can't do anything about it — er weiß, dass es ein Fehler ist, aber er kann nichts dagegen machen or daran ändern

are you doing anything this evening? — haben Sie heute Abend schon etwas vor?

we'll have to do something about this/him — wir müssen da/wir müssen mit ihm etwas tun or unternehmen

do something for me, will you... shut up — tu mir bloß den (einen) Gefallen und halt den Mund

does that do anything for you? — macht dich das an? (inf)

Brecht doesn't do anything for me — Brecht lässt mich kalt (inf) or sagt mir nichts

I've done everything I can — ich habe alles getan, was ich kann

I've got nothing to do — ich habe nichts zu tun

I shall do nothing of the sort — ich werde nichts dergleichen tun

he does nothing but complain — er nörgelt immer nur, er tut nichts als nörgeln (inf)

what's to be done? — was ist da zu tun?

but what can you do? — aber was kann man da machen?

what do you want me to do (about it)? — und was soll ich da tun or machen?

well, do what you can — mach or tu (eben), was du kannst

what have you done to him? — was haben Sie mit ihm gemacht?

now what have you done! — was hast du jetzt bloß wieder angestellt or gemacht?

what are you doing on Saturday? — was machen or tun Sie am Sonnabend?

what do I have to do to get through to him? — was muss ich tun, um zu ihm durchzukommen?

what shall we do for money? — wie machen wir es mit Geld?

how do you do it? — wie macht man das?; (in amazement) wie machen Sie das bloß? __diams; that's done it (inf) so, da haben wirs!, da haben wir die Bescherung! (inf) __diams; that does it! jetzt reichts mir!

2)

as job, profession what does your father do? — was macht Ihr Vater (beruflich)?

3)

= provide service, product what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (by shop assistant) was darfs sein?

sorry, we don't do lunches — wir haben leider keinen Mittagstisch

we do a wide range of herbal teas —

we only do one style of gloves (= sell) (= produce) — wir haben or führen nur eine Sorte Handschuhe wir stellen nur eine Sorte Handschuhe her

who did the food for your reception? — wer hat bei Ihrem Empfang für das Essen gesorgt?

4)

= complete, finish in pret, ptp only the work's done now — die Arbeit ist gemacht or getan or fertig

what's done cannot be undone — was geschehen ist, kann man nicht ungeschehen machen

or I'm not done telling you what I think of you — mit dir bin ich noch lange nicht fertig

are you done? (inf) — bist du endlich or schon (iro) fertig?

5) = study, cover durchnehmen, haben

we've done Milton — wir haben Milton gelesen or durchgenommen

I've never done any German — ich habe nie Deutsch gelernt or gehabt

6) COOK machen (inf)

to do the cooking — kochen

how do you like your steak done? — wie möchten Sie Ihr Steak?

well done — durch(gebraten)

is the meat done? — ist das Fleisch fertig (gebraten) or durch?

7) = solve lösen; sum, crossword, puzzle etc lösen, machen

8) = take customer drannehmen

the barber said he'd do me next — der Friseur sagte, er würde mich als Nächsten drannehmen

9) Theat, Film part spielen

to do Hamlet — den Hamlet spielen

10) = take off, mimic nachmachen

he does a brilliant Charlie Chaplin — er kann Charlie Chaplin hervorragend nachmachen

she does the worried mother very convincingly — sie spielt die besorgte Mutter sehr überzeugend

11) = visit, see sights of city, country, museum besuchen, abhaken (inf)

12) AUT ETC fahren, machen (inf)

this car does or can do or will do 100 — das Auto fährt or macht (inf) 100

13)

= treat (Brit inf) they do you very well at that hotel — in dem Hotel ist man gut untergebracht or aufgehoben

they do you very well at that restaurant — in dem Restaurant isst man sehr gut __diams; to do oneself well es sich (dat) gut gehen lassen

14) = be suitable for inf passen (sb jdm); (= be sufficient for) reichen (sb jdm)

that will do me nicely — das reicht dicke (inf) or allemal

15) = cheat inf übers Ohr hauen (inf), reinlegen (inf)

you've been done! — du bist reingelegt or übers Ohr gehauen worden

I was done for £80 — mit £ 80 hat man mich ganz schön übers Ohr gehauen (inf)

16) = burgle inf einbrechen in (+acc)

the office was done last night — im Büro ist gestern Nacht ein Bruch gemacht worden (sl)

17)

= hurt Brit inf I'll do you! — dir besorg ichs noch! (inf)

18)

= tire out (inf) I'm absolutely done (in)! — ich bin völlig geschafft or erledigt or fertig (all inf)

19) = take inf drugs nehmen

20) in prison inf 6 years etc sitzen, abreißen (inf)

21)

= translate (old, liter) done into (the) English by... — ins Englische übertragen von...

3. INTRANSITIVE VERB

1)

= act do as I do — mach es wie ich

he did well to take advice — er tat gut daran, sich beraten zu lassen

he did right — er hat richtig gehandelt, es war richtig von ihm

he did right/well to go — es war richtig/gut, dass er gegangen ist

2)

= get on, fare how are you doing? — wie gehts (Ihnen)?

I'm not doing so badly — es geht mir gar nicht so schlecht

the patient is doing very well — dem Patienten geht es recht ordentlich

he's doing well at school — er ist gut in der Schule

his business is doing well — sein Geschäft geht gut

the roses are doing well this year — die Rosen stehen dieses Jahr gut

when my uncle died I did quite well — als mein Onkel starb, bin ich ganz gut dabei weggekommen __diams; how do you do? (on introduction) guten Tag/Abend!, angenehm! (form) __diams; what's doing? (inf) was ist los?

3) = be suitable gehen

that will never do! — das geht nicht!

this room will do — das Zimmer geht (inf) or ist in Ordnung

will it do if I come back at 8? — geht es, wenn ich um 8 Uhr zurück bin?

it doesn't do to keep a lady waiting —

will she/it do? — geht sie/das?

4) = be sufficient reichen

can you lend me some money? – will £10 do? —

yes, that'll do — ja, das reicht

you'll have to make do with £10 — £ 10 müssen Ihnen reichen, Sie werden mit £ 10 auskommen müssen __diams; that'll do! jetzt reichts aber!

4. NOUN (Brit inf)

1) = event Veranstaltung f, Sache f (inf); (= party) Fete f (inf)

she had a big do for her eighteenth birthday — an ihrem achtzehnten Geburtstag stieg bei ihr eine Riesenfete (inf)

2) = swindle (Brit) Schwindel m

the whole thing was a do from start to finish — die ganze Sache war von vorne bis hinten ein Schwindel

3) = hairdo esp US Frisur f, Schnitt m

5. dosPLURAL NOUN

the dos and don'ts — was man tun und nicht tun sollte

fair dos (inf) — gleiches Recht für alle

* * *

do¹ [duː; unbetont dʊ; də] prät did [dıd], pperf done [dʌn], 3. sg präs does [dʌz; unbetont dəz]

A v/t

1. tun, machen:

what can I do (for you)? was kann ich (für Sie) tun?, womit kann ich (Ihnen) dienen?;

do sth for sb etwas für jemanden erledigen;

what does he do? was macht er beruflich?, was ist er von Beruf?;

are you doing anything tonight? hast du heute Abend (schon) etwas vor?;

do sth about etwas tun gegen;

what is to be done ( oder to do)? was ist zu tun?, was soll geschehen?;

if it were to do again wenn es noch einmal getan werden müsste;

you can’t do this to me! das kannst du nicht mit mir machen!;

you couldn’t do that to me! das kannst du mir (doch) nicht antun!;

what have you done to my suit? was haben Sie mit meinem Anzug gemacht?;

he promised to do sth er versprach, etwas zu unternehmen;

she did no more than look at him sie sah ihn nur an;

he does not know what to do with his time er weiß nicht, was er mit seiner Zeit anfangen soll;

do sth together etwas gemeinsam oder zusammen unternehmen;

don’t do anything I wouldn’t do hum bleib sauber!; → do with

2. tun, ausführen, vollbringen, Arbeiten verrichten, Verbrechen begehen:

do one’s lessons SCHULE seine (Haus)Aufgaben machen;

he did all the writing er hat alles allein geschrieben;

he did all the talking er führte die Unterhaltung ganz allein, auch ich bin überhaupt nicht zu Wort gekommen;

let me do the talking lass mich sprechen;

it can’t be done es geht nicht, es ist undurchführbar;

the machine does the rest die Maschine erledigt den Rest;

the storm did a lot of material damage der Sturm richtete großen Sachschaden an;

do you think he did it? glaubst du, dass er es getan hat oder dass er es war?; → done B 1, B 2

3. tätigen, machen: → business A 3, A 13

4. tun, leisten, vollbringen:

do one’s best sein Bestes tun, sich alle Mühe geben

5. anfertigen, herstellen, ein Kunstwerk etc auch schaffen:

do a portrait ein Porträt malen;

do a translation eine Übersetzung machen oder anfertigen

6. jemandem etwas (an)tun, zufügen, erweisen: → favor B 2, good A 1, A 2, harm A 1, honor B 1, etc

7. einbringen: → credit A 5

8. erzielen, erreichen:

I did it! ich habe es geschafft!;

now you have done it! iron nun hast du es glücklich geschafft!

9. sich beschäftigen mit, arbeiten an (dat)

10. Speisen zubereiten, besonders kochen oder braten

11. in Ordnung bringen, z. B.

a) das Geschirr abwaschen: → dish A 1 c

b) das Zimmer aufräumen, machen umg

12. herrichten, dekorieren, schmücken

13. (her)richten:

she is having her nails done sie lässt sich maniküren;

he had his teeth done er ließ sich die Zähne richten; → face A 1, hair Bes Redew

14. a) eine Fremdsprache etc lernen

b) einen Autor etc durchnehmen, behandeln

15. eine Aufgabe lösen

16. obs übersetzen, -tragen ( beide:

into German ins Deutsche)

17. a) eine Rolle etc spielen, einen Charakter darstellen:

do Othello den Othello spielen;

do the polite den höflichen Mann spielen oder markieren;

do the host den Gastgeber spielen

b) nachahmen:

he can do all his friends

18. zurücklegen, machen, schaffen umg:

they did 20 miles sie legten 20 Meilen zurück;

the car does 100 m.p.h. der Wagen fährt 160 km/h

19. umg besichtigen, die Sehenswürdigkeiten besichtigen von (oder gen):

do Rome in three days Rom in drei Tagen besichtigen oder umg machen

20. umg genügen (dat):

it will do us for the moment

21. umg erschöpfen, erledigen umg:

they were pretty well done sie waren am Ende (ihrer Kräfte)

22. umg

a) jemanden erledigen, fertigmachen:

I’ll do him in three rounds

b) drannehmen (Friseur etc):

I’ll do you next, sir

23. sl reinlegen, übers Ohr hauen, anschmieren:

do sb out of sth jemanden um etwas erleichtern oder betrügen oder bringen; → brown A

24. sl eine Strafe abbrummen:

he did two years in prison er hat zwei Jahre abgerissen;

he did three months for theft er saß drei Monate wegen Diebstahls

25. umg

a) bewirten

b) unterbringen:

they do you very well here hier werden Sie gut bewirtet; hier sind Sie gut untergebracht

26. behandeln: → well¹ A 1

27. bringen (obs außer in):

do to death töten, umbringen

28. sl einen Bruch machen in (dat), einbrechen in (akk oder dat), ein Auto etc aufbrechen

29. umg bumsen (schlafen mit)

B v/i

1. handeln, vorgehen, tun, sich verhalten:

the premier would do wisely to resign der Premier würde klug handeln oder wäre gut beraten, wenn er zurückträte; → well¹ A 1, A 2

2. (tätig) handeln, wirken:

do or die kämpfen od untergehen;

it’s do or die now! jetzt gehts ums Ganze!

3. weiter-, vorankommen:

do well

a) vorwärtskommen, Erfolge haben ( beide:

with bei, mit), gut abschneiden (in bei, in dat),

b) gut gedeihen (Getreide etc)( → B 4, B 5);

do better sich verbessern

4. Leistungen vollbringen:

do well

a) seine Sache gut machen,

b) viel Geld verdienen ( → B 3, B 5);

he did better than expected er schnitt besser als erwartet ab;

his son is doing well at school seinem Sohn geht es in der Schule gut

5. sich befinden:

do well

a) gesund sein,

b) in guten Verhältnissen leben,

c) sich gut erholen ( → B 3, B 4);

how do you do? guten Tag! (bei der Vorstellung)

6. auskommen, zurande kommen

7. genügen, (aus)reichen, passen, dem Zweck entsprechen oder dienen:

that will (not) do das genügt oder reicht (nicht);

it will do tomorrow es hat Zeit bis morgen;

we’ll make it do wir werden schon damit auskommen

8. angehen, recht sein, sich schicken, passen:

that won’t do!

a) das geht nicht (an)!,

b) das wird nicht gehen!;

it won’t do to be rude mit Grobheit kommt man nicht weit(er), man darf nicht unhöflich sein

9. (im pprerfect) aufhören:

have done! hör auf!, genug (davon)!;

let us have done with it! hören wir auf damit!; → done B 5

C Ersatzverb zur Vermeidung von Wiederholungen v/t & v/i tun (bleibt meist unübersetzt):

he treats his children as I do my dogs er behandelt seine Kinder wie ich meine Hunde;

you know it as well as I do du weißt es so gut wie ich;

he sang better than he had ever done before er sang besser, als (er) je zuvor (gesungen hatte);

she likes cats. so do I ich auch;

he does not work hard, does he? er arbeitet nicht viel, nicht wahr?;

he works hard, doesn’t he? er arbeitet viel, nicht wahr?;

did he buy it? he did ja(wohl);

do you understand? I don’t nein;

he sold his car. did he? wirklich?, so?;

I wanted to go there, and I did so ich wollte hingehen und tat es auch

D Hilfsverb

1. zur Umschreibung in Fragesätzen:

do you know him? kennen Sie ihn?

2. zur Umschreibung in mit not verneinten Sätzen:

I do not believe it ich glaube es nicht;

do not go there gehen Sie nicht hin!;

don’t tun Sie es nicht!, lassen Sie das!

3. zur Verstärkung:

I do apologize tut mir wirklich leid;

you do ask questions du stellst vielleicht Fragen;

do sit down nehmen Sie doch bitte Platz;

I do like it mir gefällt es wirklich;

but I do see it! aber ich sehe es doch!;

I did see it, but ich sah es wohl oder zwar, aber;

do try to understand it versteh das doch;

be quiet, do sei doch still!

4. iron I do enjoy a quiet evening at home es geht doch nichts über einen ruhigen Abend zu Hause

5. bei Umkehrung der normalen Wortstellung nach voranstehendem hardly, little, rarely etc:

rarely does one see such things solche Dinge sieht man (nur) selten

do² [duː] pl dos, do’s [duːz] s

1. sl Schwindel m, Gaunerei f

2. besonders Br umg Fete f, Feier f

3. fair do’s!

a) sei nicht unfair!,

b) gleiches Recht für alle!

4. pl umg Gebote pl:

do’s and don’ts Gebote und Verbote, (Spiel)Regeln

do³ [dəʊ] s MUS do n (Solmisationssilbe)

* * *
I 1. transitive verb,
neg. coll. don't, pres. t. he does, neg. (coll.) doesn't, p.t. did, neg. (coll.) didn't, pres. p. doing, p.p. done

1) (perform) machen [Hausaufgaben, Hausarbeit, Examen, Handstand]; vollbringen [Tat]; tun, erfüllen [Pflicht]; tun, verrichten [Arbeit]; ausführen [Malerarbeiten]; vorführen [Trick, Striptease, Nummer, Tanz]; durchführen [Test]; aufführen [Stück]; singen [Lied]; mitmachen [Rennen, Wettbewerb]; spielen [Musikstück, Rolle]; tun [Buße]

do the shopping/washing up/cleaning — einkaufen [gehen]/abwaschen/sauber machen

do a lot of reading/walking — etc. viel lesen/spazieren gehen usw.

do a dance/the foxtrot — tanzen/Foxtrott tanzen

have nothing to do — nichts zu tun haben

do something to something/somebody — etwas mit etwas/jemandem machen

what can I do for you? — was kann ich für Sie tun?; (in shop) was darf's sein?

do something about something/somebody — etwas gegen etwas/jemanden unternehmen

not know what to do with oneself — nicht wissen, was man machen soll

that does it — jetzt reicht's (ugs.)

that's done it — (caused a change for the worse) das hat das Fass zum Überlaufen gebracht; (caused a change for the better) das hätten wir

that will/should do it — so müsste es gehen; (is enough) das müsste genügen

do a Garbo — (coll.) es der Garbo (Dat.) gleichtun

how many miles has this car done? — wie viele Kilometer hat der Wagen gefahren?

the car does/was doing about 100 m.p.h./does 45 miles to the gallon — das Auto schafft/fuhr mit ungefähr 160 Stundenkilometer/frisst (ugs.) od. braucht sechs Liter pro 100 Kilometer

2) (spend)

do a spell in the armed forces — eine Zeit lang bei der Armee sein

how much longer have you to do at college? — wie lange musst du noch aufs College gehen?

3) (produce) machen [Übersetzung, Kopie]; anfertigen [Bild, Skulptur]; herstellen [Artikel, Produkte]; schaffen [Pensum]

4) (provide) haben [Vollpension, Mittagstisch]; (coll.): (offer for sale) führen

5) (prepare) machen [Bett, Frühstück]; (work on) machen (ugs.), fertig machen [Garten, Hecke]; (clean) sauber machen; putzen [Schuhe, Fenster]; machen (ugs.) [Treppe]; (arrange) [zurecht]machen [Haare]; fertig machen [Korrespondenz, Zimmer]; (make up) schminken [Lippen, Augen, Gesicht]; machen (ugs.) [Nägel]; (cut) schneiden [Nägel]; schneiden [Gras, Hecke]; (paint) machen (ugs.) [Zimmer]; streichen [Haus, Möbel]; (attend to) sich kümmern um [Bücher, Rechnungen, Korrespondenz]; (repair) in Ordnung bringen

6) (cook) braten

well done — durch[gebraten]

7) (solve) lösen [Problem, Rätsel]; machen [Puzzle, Kreuzworträtsel]

8) (study, work at) machen; haben [Abiturfach]

9) (sl.): (swindle) reinlegen (ugs.)

do somebody out of something — jemanden um etwas bringen

10) (sl.): (defeat, kill) fertig machen (ugs.)

11) (traverse) schaffen [Entfernung]

12) (sl.): (undergo) absitzen, (salopp) abreißen [Strafe]

13) (coll.): (visit) besuchen

do Europe in three weeks — Europa in drei Wochen absolvieren od. abhaken (ugs.)

14) (satisfy) zusagen (+ Dat.); (suffice for, last) reichen (+ Dat.)
2. intransitive verb, forms as
1.

1) (act) tun; (perform) spielen

you can do just as you like — du kannst machen, was du willst

do as they do — mach es wie sie

do or die — kämpfen oder untergehen

2) (fare)

how are you doing? — wie geht's dir?

3) (get on) vorankommen; (in exams) abschneiden

how are you doing at school? — wie geht es in der Schule?

do well/badly at school — gut/schlecht in der Schule sein

4)

how do you do? — (formal) guten Tag/Morgen/Abend!

5) (coll.): (manage)

how are we doing for time? — wie steht es mit der Zeit od. (ugs.) sieht es mit der Zeit aus?

6) (serve purpose) es tun; (suffice) [aus]reichen; (be suitable) gehen

that won't do — das geht nicht

that will do! — jetzt aber genug!

7) (be usable)

do for or as something — als etwas benutzt werden können

8) (happen)

what's doing? — was ist los?

there's nothing doing on the job market — es tut sich nichts auf dem Arbeitsmarkt (ugs.)

Nothing doing. He's not interested — Nichts zu machen (ugs.). Er ist nicht interessiert. See also doing; done
3. verb substitute, forms as
1.

1) replacing v.: usually not translated

you mustn't act as he does — du darfst nicht so wie er handeln

2) replacing v. and obj. etc

he read the Bible every day as his father did before him — er las täglich in der Bibel, wie es schon sein Vater vor ihm getan hatte od. wie schon vor ihm sein Vater

as they did in the Middle Ages — wie sie es im Mittelalter taten

3) as ellipt. aux

You went to Paris, didn't you? - Yes, I did — Du warst doch in Paris, oder od. nicht wahr? - Ja[, stimmt od. war ich]

4) with ‘so’, ‘it’, etc

I knew John Lennon. - So did I — Ich kannte John Lennon. - Ich auch

go ahead and do it — nur zu

5) in tag questions

I know you from somewhere, don't I? — wir kennen uns doch irgendwoher, nicht?
4. auxiliary verb
+ inf. as pres. or past, forms as 1.

1) for special emphasis

I do love Greece — Griechenland gefällt mir wirklich gut

I do apologize — es tut mit wirklich leid

you do look glum — du siehst ja so bedrückt aus

but I tell you, I did see him — aber ich sage dir doch, dass ich ihn gesehen habe

2) for inversion

little did he know that... — er hatte keine Ahnung, dass...

3) in questions

do you know him? — kennst du ihn?

what does he want? — was will er?

didn't they look wonderful? — haben sie nicht wunderhübsch ausgesehen?

4) in negation

I don't or do not wish to take part — ich möchte nicht teilnehmen

5) in neg. commands

don't or do not expect to find him in a good mood — erwarten Sie nicht, dass Sie ihn in guter Stimmung antreffen

children, do not forget... — Kinder, vergesst [ja] nicht...

don't be so noisy! — seid [doch] nicht so laut!

don't! — tu's/tut's/tun Sie's nicht!

6) + inf. as imper. for emphasis etc

do sit down, won't you? — bitte setzen Sie sich doch!

do be quiet, Paul! — Paul, sei doch mal ruhig!

do hurry up! — beeil dich doch!

Phrasal Verbs:

- do away with

- do by

- do down

- do for

- do in

- do out

- do up

- do with

- do without
II noun
, pl. dos or do's

1) (sl.): (swindle) Schwindel, der; krumme Sache (ugs.)

2) (Brit. coll.): (festivity) Feier, die; Fete, die (ugs.)

3) in pl.

the dos and don'ts — die Ge- und Verbote (of Gen.)

* * *

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: did, done)

= ausführen v.

tun v.

(§ p.,pp.: tat, getan)

English-german dictionary > do
19 nobody

['nəʊbədɪ] 1.
pronome (anche no-one) nessuno m. (-a)

nobody saw her — nessuno l'ha vista

there was nobody in the car — non c'era nessuno nell'auto

nobody but me — nessuno tranne me
2.
nome

to be a nobody — non essere nessuno

••

to work like nobody's business — BE colloq. lavorare come un pazzo

he's nobody's fool — è tutt'altro che stupido
••
Note:

When the pronoun nobody is the subject or object of a verb, Italian usually requires non before the verb (or auxiliary): nobody loves him = non lo ama nessuno / nessuno lo ama; I heard nobody = non ho sentito nessuno. - Nobody is the negative equivalent of somebody: somebody helped me = mi ha aiutato qualcuno is the opposite of nobody helped me = non mi ha aiutato nessuno. As it is a negative pronoun, nobody can not be used in a sentence where another negative form, such as not or never, is present; in these cases, anybody is used instead: I never meet anybody on my way from work = non incontro mai nessuno tornando a casa dal lavoro. - For examples and particular usages, see the entry below

* * *

pronoun (no person; no-one: Nobody likes him.) nessuno

* * *
['nəʊbədɪ] 1.
pronome (anche no-one) nessuno m. (-a)

nobody saw her — nessuno l'ha vista

there was nobody in the car — non c'era nessuno nell'auto

nobody but me — nessuno tranne me
2.
nome

to be a nobody — non essere nessuno

••

to work like nobody's business — BE colloq. lavorare come un pazzo

he's nobody's fool — è tutt'altro che stupido
••
Note:

When the pronoun nobody is the subject or object of a verb, Italian usually requires non before the verb (or auxiliary): nobody loves him = non lo ama nessuno / nessuno lo ama; I heard nobody = non ho sentito nessuno. - Nobody is the negative equivalent of somebody: somebody helped me = mi ha aiutato qualcuno is the opposite of nobody helped me = non mi ha aiutato nessuno. As it is a negative pronoun, nobody can not be used in a sentence where another negative form, such as not or never, is present; in these cases, anybody is used instead: I never meet anybody on my way from work = non incontro mai nessuno tornando a casa dal lavoro. - For examples and particular usages, see the entry below

English-Italian dictionary > nobody
20 manera

f.

1 way, manner.

a manera de as, by way of (como)

a la manera de in the style of, after the fashion of

a mi manera de ver the way I see it

de cualquier manera any old how; (sin cuidado) anyway, in any case (de todos modos)

de esta manera in this way

de mala manera badly (peninsular Spanish)

lo hice de la misma manera que ayer/tú I did it the same way as yesterday/you

de manera que so (that)

de ninguna manera, en manera alguna by no means, under no circumstances; (refuerza negación) no way!, certainly not! (respuesta exclamativa)

de todas maneras anyway

de una manera o de otra one way or another

en cierta manera in a way

no hay manera there is no way, it's impossible

¡contigo no hay manera! you're impossible!

¡qué manera de llover! just look at that rain!

manera de pensar way of thinking

manera de ser way of being, nature

2 fashion, style.

* * *

manera

► nombre femenino

1 (gen) way, manner

► nombre femenino plural maneras

1 (educación) manners

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a manera de by way of

a la manera de in the style of

a mi (tu etc) manera my (your etc) way

de cualquier manera (en cualquier caso) in any case 2 (sin cuidado, consideración, interés) carelessly

de manera que so that

de ninguna manera certainly not

de todas maneras in any case, anyhow

de mala manera familiar (groseramente) rudely 2 (con violencia) roughly

¡de una manera! in such a way!

de una manera o de otra whatever way

en cierta manera in a way

en gran manera enormously

no hay manera it's impossible

¡qué manera de... ! what a way to... !

manera de ser character

* * *

noun f.

way, manner

- de manera que
- de ninguna manera
- de todas maneras
* * *

SF

1) (=modo) way

hay varias maneras de hacerlo — there are various ways of doing it

eso no es manera de tratar a un animal — that's not the way to treat an animal, that's no way to treat an animal

hazlo de la manera que sea — do it however o the way you like

de una manera u otra — (in) one way or another

¡llovía de una manera! — it was really pouring down!

¡nunca he visto nevar de esta manera! — I've never seen it snow like this!

no hubo manera de convencerla — there was no convincing her, there was no way we could convince her

• a mi/tu etc manera — my/your etc way

lo hice a mi manera — I did it my way

a mi manera de ver, tenemos dos opciones — the way I see it, we have two options

• a la manera de algn/algo, siguen arando a la manera de sus abuelos — they still plough as o in the way their grandfathers did

una novela escrita a la manera de Kafka — a novel written in a Kafkaesque manner o in the style of Kafka

• de manera perfecta — perfectly, in a perfect way

nos recibió de manera cortés — he received us courteously o in a courteous way

• de esta manera — (in) this way, (in) this fashion

• de la misma manera — (in) the same way, (in) the same fashion

manera de ser, es su manera de ser — that's the way she is

cada uno tiene una manera de ser — everyone has their own character

2) [locuciones]

• de alguna manera — (=en cierto modo) to some extent; (=de cualquier modo) somehow; [al principio de frase] in a way, in some ways

• en cierta manera — in a way, to a certain extent

• de cualquier manera — (=sin cuidado) any old how; (=de todos modos) anyway

• en gran manera — to a large extent

• de mala manera, le pegó de mala manera — he hit her really hard

lo estafaron de mala manera — * they really ripped him off *

me contestó de muy mala manera — he answered me very rudely

ese tío se enrolla de mala manera — * that guy just can't stop jabbering *

• de ninguna manera, eso no lo vamos a aceptar de ninguna manera — there's no way we are going to accept that

de ninguna manera deben paralizarse las obras — on no account must the work stop

no quiero de ninguna manera implicarla en esto — I don't want to involve her in this in any way

no se parece de ninguna manera a lo que habíamos imaginado — it's nothing like we had imagined

¡de ninguna manera! — certainly not!, no way!

• de otra manera — (=de otro modo) in a different way; (=por otra parte) otherwise

los jóvenes entienden el mundo de otra manera — young people see the world in a different way

las cosas podrían haber sido de otra manera — things could have been different

no podía ser de otra manera — it couldn't be any other way

de otra manera, no es posible entender su actitud — otherwise, it's impossible to understand his attitude

dicho de otra manera — in other words, to put it another way

• sobre manera — exceedingly

• de tal manera que... — in such a way that...

• de todas maneras — anyway, in any case

3)

• de manera que — [antes de verbo] so; [después de verbo] so that

¿de manera que esto no te gusta? — so you don't like this?

lo hizo de manera que nadie se dio cuenta — he did it so that nobody noticed

4) pl maneras (=modales) manners

buenas maneras — good manners

se lo dije con buenas maneras — I told him politely

malas maneras — bad manners, rudeness

con muy malas maneras — very rudely

tener maneras — LAm to have good manners, be well-mannered

5) liter (=tipo) kind

otra manera de valentía — another kind of courage

6) (Arte, Literat) (=estilo) style

las diferentes maneras de Picasso — Picasso's different styles
MANERA, FORMA, MODO De manera + ((adjetivo)) ► Cuando de manera + ((adjetivo)) añade información sobre una acción, la traducción más frecuente al inglés es un adverbio terminado en -ly. En inglés este tipo de adverbio es mucho más común que el equivalente - mente español: Todos estos cambios ocurren de manera natural All these changes happen naturally La Constitución prohíbe de manera expresa la especulación inmobiliaria The Constitution expressly forbids speculation in real estate ► De manera + ((adjetivo)) también se puede traducir por in a + ((adjetvo)) + way si no existe un adverbio terminado en -ly que equivalga al adjetivo: Se lo dijo de manera amistosa He said it to her in a friendly way ► En los casos en que se quiere hacer hincapié en la manera de hacer algo, se puede utilizar tanto un adverbio en -ly como la construcción in a + ((adjetivo)) + way, aunque esta última posibilidad es más frecuente: Tienes que intentar comportarte de manera responsable You must try to behave responsibly o in a responsible way Ellos podrán ayudarte a manejar tu negocio de manera profesional They'll be able to help you run your business professionally o in a professional way Para otros usos y ejemplos ver manera, forma, modo
* * *

femenino

1)

a) (modo, forma) way

yo lo hago a mi manera — I do it my way, I have my own way of doing it

¿qué manera de comer es ésa? — that's no way to eat your food

comimos de una manera...! — you should have seen the amount we ate!

qué manera de malgastar el dinero! — what a waste of money!

no saldrás a la calle vestida de esa manera ¿no? — you're not going out dressed like that, are you?

se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera — you can dress however you want

no lo pongas así de cualquier manera, dóblalo — don't just put it in any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how, fold it up

de alguna manera tendré que conseguirlo — I'll have to get it somehow (or other)

de una manera u otra habrá que terminarlo — it'll have to be finished one way or another

no hay/hubo manera — it is/it was impossible

b) (en locs)

a manera de — by way of

se levantó el sombrero a manera de saludo — he lifted his hat in greeting

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras — anyway

de manera que — ( así que) (+ indic) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that, so

de ninguna manera: ¿me lo das? - de ninguna manera will you give it to me? - certainly not; de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it; no son de ninguna manera inferiores they are in no way inferior; sobre manera sobremanera; de mala manera: me contestó de muy mala manera she answered me very rudely; la trataba de mala manera he used to treat her badly; los precios han subido de mala manera (Esp) prices have shot up (colloq); lo malcrió de mala manera (Esp) she spoiled him terribly o (colloq) rotten; querer algo de mala manera — (Esp fam) to want something really badly

- manera de ser

2) maneras femenino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, form, guise, means, way, manner, fashion.

Ex. During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex. It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

Ex. In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex. City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex. It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

----

* a + Posesivo + manera = in + Posesivo + own way.

* buscar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* conseguido de manera dudosa = ill-gotten.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la misma manera = by the same token.

* de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).

* de la otra manera = the other way (a)round.

* de las dos maneras = in both ways.

* de la siguiente manera = in the following terms.

* de manera amena = pleasantly.

* de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.

* de manera confusa = hazily.

* de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de manera constructiva = constructively.

* de manera decepcionante = disappointingly.

* de manera deprimente = sombrely [somberly, -USA].

* de manera despreocupada = casually.

* de manera desproporcionada = disproportionately.

* de manera divertida = funnily.

* de manera encantadora = winningly.

* de manera escandalosa = outrageously.

* de manera especial = in a certain way, in a special way.

* de manera esquemática = briefly.

* de manera estupenda = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de manera global = holistically.

* de manera graciosa = funnily.

* de manera grotesca = grotesquely.

* de manera humillante = abjectly.

* de manera inconsecuente = inconsistently.

* de manera informal = casually.

* de manera inquietante = eerily.

* de manera insinuante = suggestively.

* de manera intermitente = intermittently.

* de manera involuntaria = involuntarily.

* de manera lamentable = lamentably, miserably.

* de manera lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de manera maravillosa = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera marginal = tangentially.

* de manera memorable = memorably.

* de manera misteriosa = eerily.

* de manera muy clara = in no uncertain terms.

* de manera muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de manera muy superficial = sketchily.

* de manera negativa = in a negative light.

* de manera obsesiva = neurotically.

* de manera óptima = optimally.

* de manera poco convincente = lamely.

* de manera poco ética = unethically.

* de manera poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de manera positiva = in a positive light.

* de manera precisa = precisely.

* de manera preocupante = disturbingly.

* de manera previsible = predictably.

* de manera protectora = protectively.

* de manera provocativa = suggestively.

* de manera que = in a form that.

* de manera rara = oddly, funnily.

* de manera realista = realistically.

* de manera semipermanente = on a semi-permanent basis.

* de manera significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de manera similar = in a similar way.

* de manera similar a = in a similar manner to.

* de manera sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de manera sorprendente = shockingly.

* de manera sutil = subtly.

* de manera tangencial = tangentially.

* de manera uniforme = evenly.

* de manera vaga = hazily.

* de mejor manera = best.

* de muchas maneras = in every way, in more ways than one.

* de ninguna manera = at all, in any sense of the word, not at all, under no/any circumstances, on no account, not on any account, in any way at all.

* !de ninguna manera! = Not on your life!, over + Posesivo + dead body.

* de nuevas maneras = in new ways.

* de tal manera que = so that.

* de todas maneras = at any rate.

* de una manera + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, in a + Adjetivo + vein.

* de una manera eficaz = competently.

* de una manera extraña = strangely.

* de una manera genial = in a masterful way.

* de una manera lógica = logically.

* de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.

* de una manera rara = strangely.

* de una manera satisfactoria = neatly.

* de una manera seductora = seductively.

* de una manera significativa = meaningfully.

* de una manera simple = in a simple manner.

* de una manera solemne = solemnly.

* de una manera tentad = seductively.

* de una manera tentadora = seductively.

* de una manera torpe = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.

* de una nueva manera = in a new way.

* estudiar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* expresar de otra manera = rephrase.

* fracasar de manera lamentable = fail + miserably, fail + dismally.

* justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* manera de actuar = line of attack.

* manera de pensar = way of thinking.

* manera de trabajar = work practice.

* manera de tratar = avenue of approach.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no hay manera de que = for the life of me.

* pero no hubo manera = but no dice.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por la manera = by the way.

* presentar de manera esquemática = give + overview.

* redactar de otra manera = reword.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.

* usar de manera general = be in general use.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (modo, forma) way

yo lo hago a mi manera — I do it my way, I have my own way of doing it

¿qué manera de comer es ésa? — that's no way to eat your food

comimos de una manera...! — you should have seen the amount we ate!

qué manera de malgastar el dinero! — what a waste of money!

no saldrás a la calle vestida de esa manera ¿no? — you're not going out dressed like that, are you?

se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera — you can dress however you want

no lo pongas así de cualquier manera, dóblalo — don't just put it in any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how, fold it up

de alguna manera tendré que conseguirlo — I'll have to get it somehow (or other)

de una manera u otra habrá que terminarlo — it'll have to be finished one way or another

no hay/hubo manera — it is/it was impossible

b) (en locs)

a manera de — by way of

se levantó el sombrero a manera de saludo — he lifted his hat in greeting

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras — anyway

de manera que — ( así que) (+ indic) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that, so

de ninguna manera: ¿me lo das? - de ninguna manera will you give it to me? - certainly not; de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it; no son de ninguna manera inferiores they are in no way inferior; sobre manera sobremanera; de mala manera: me contestó de muy mala manera she answered me very rudely; la trataba de mala manera he used to treat her badly; los precios han subido de mala manera (Esp) prices have shot up (colloq); lo malcrió de mala manera (Esp) she spoiled him terribly o (colloq) rotten; querer algo de mala manera — (Esp fam) to want something really badly

- manera de ser

2) maneras femenino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, form, guise, means, way, manner, fashion.

Ex: During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex: It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.

Ex: In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex: City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex: It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

* a + Posesivo + manera = in + Posesivo + own way.

* buscar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* conseguido de manera dudosa = ill-gotten.

* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.

* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.

* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].

* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.

* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).

* dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.

* de la mejor manera posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* de la misma manera = by the same token.

* de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).

* de la otra manera = the other way (a)round.

* de las dos maneras = in both ways.

* de la siguiente manera = in the following terms.

* de manera amena = pleasantly.

* de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.

* de manera confusa = hazily.

* de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.

* de manera constructiva = constructively.

* de manera decepcionante = disappointingly.

* de manera deprimente = sombrely [somberly, -USA].

* de manera despreocupada = casually.

* de manera desproporcionada = disproportionately.

* de manera divertida = funnily.

* de manera encantadora = winningly.

* de manera escandalosa = outrageously.

* de manera especial = in a certain way, in a special way.

* de manera esquemática = briefly.

* de manera estupenda = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera extraña = oddly, funnily.

* de manera global = holistically.

* de manera graciosa = funnily.

* de manera grotesca = grotesquely.

* de manera humillante = abjectly.

* de manera inconsecuente = inconsistently.

* de manera informal = casually.

* de manera inquietante = eerily.

* de manera insinuante = suggestively.

* de manera intermitente = intermittently.

* de manera involuntaria = involuntarily.

* de manera lamentable = lamentably, miserably.

* de manera lógica = in a meaningful way.

* de manera maravillosa = marvellously [marvelously, -USA].

* de manera marginal = tangentially.

* de manera memorable = memorably.

* de manera misteriosa = eerily.

* de manera muy clara = in no uncertain terms.

* de manera muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de manera muy superficial = sketchily.

* de manera negativa = in a negative light.

* de manera obsesiva = neurotically.

* de manera óptima = optimally.

* de manera poco convincente = lamely.

* de manera poco ética = unethically.

* de manera poco profesional = unprofessionally.

* de manera positiva = in a positive light.

* de manera precisa = precisely.

* de manera preocupante = disturbingly.

* de manera previsible = predictably.

* de manera protectora = protectively.

* de manera provocativa = suggestively.

* de manera que = in a form that.

* de manera rara = oddly, funnily.

* de manera realista = realistically.

* de manera semipermanente = on a semi-permanent basis.

* de manera significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.

* de manera similar = in a similar way.

* de manera similar a = in a similar manner to.

* de manera sofisticada = sophisticatedly.

* de manera sorprendente = shockingly.

* de manera sutil = subtly.

* de manera tangencial = tangentially.

* de manera uniforme = evenly.

* de manera vaga = hazily.

* de mejor manera = best.

* de muchas maneras = in every way, in more ways than one.

* de ninguna manera = at all, in any sense of the word, not at all, under no/any circumstances, on no account, not on any account, in any way at all.

* !de ninguna manera! = Not on your life!, over + Posesivo + dead body.

* de nuevas maneras = in new ways.

* de tal manera que = so that.

* de todas maneras = at any rate.

* de una manera + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, in a + Adjetivo + vein.

* de una manera eficaz = competently.

* de una manera extraña = strangely.

* de una manera genial = in a masterful way.

* de una manera lógica = logically.

* de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.

* de una manera rara = strangely.

* de una manera satisfactoria = neatly.

* de una manera seductora = seductively.

* de una manera significativa = meaningfully.

* de una manera simple = in a simple manner.

* de una manera solemne = solemnly.

* de una manera tentad = seductively.

* de una manera tentadora = seductively.

* de una manera torpe = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.

* de una nueva manera = in a new way.

* estudiar la manera de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* expresar de otra manera = rephrase.

* fracasar de manera lamentable = fail + miserably, fail + dismally.

* justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.

* la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* la mejor manera = how best.

* la mejor manera de = the best way of.

* manera de actuar = line of attack.

* manera de pensar = way of thinking.

* manera de trabajar = work practice.

* manera de tratar = avenue of approach.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no haber manera de = there + be + no way.

* no hay manera de que = for the life of me.

* pero no hubo manera = but no dice.

* ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por la manera = by the way.

* presentar de manera esquemática = give + overview.

* redactar de otra manera = reword.

* ser la manera de = be a recipe for.

* ser la mejor manera de = be the conduit for.

* una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.

* usar de manera general = be in general use.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* * *

manera

feminine

A

1 (modo, forma) way

yo lo hago a mi manera I do it my way, I have my own way of doing it

¿qué manera de comer es ésa? that's no way to eat your food

¡comimos de una manera …! you should have seen the amount we ate!

¡qué manera de llover! it's absolutely pouring (with rain)

¡qué manera de malgastar el dinero! what a waste of money!

no saldrás a la calle vestida de esa manera ¿no? you're not going out dressed like that, are you?

se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera you can dress however you want, you can wear whatever you like

no lo pongas así, de cualquier manera, dóblalo don't just put it in any which way ( AmE) o ( BrE) any old how o way, fold it up

de esta manera iremos más cómodos we'll be more comfortable this way o like this

de alguna manera tendré que conseguir el dinero I'll have to get the money somehow (or other)

sus novelas son, de alguna manera, un reflejo de su propia juventud her novels are, to some extent o in some ways, a reflection of her own youth

de una manera u otra habrá que terminarlo it'll have to be finished one way or another

no hay/hubo manera it is/was impossible

2 ( en locs):

a manera de by way of

a manera de ejemplo by way of example

se levantó el sombrero a manera de saludo he lifted his hat in greeting

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras anyway

de cualquier manera or de todas maneras ya tenía que lavarlo I had to wash it anyway o in any case

de todas maneras prefiero que me llames por teléfono antes I'd rather you called me first anyway

de manera que (así que) (+ indic) so;

(para que) (+ subj) so that, so

¿de manera que te casas en julio? so you're getting married in July, are you?

dilo en voz alta, de manera que todos te oigan say it out loud, so (that) everyone can hear you

de ninguna manera: ¿me lo das? — de ninguna manera will you give it to me? — certainly not

de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it

no son de ninguna manera inferiores they are in no way inferior

sobre manera sobremanera:

de mala manera: me contestó de muy mala manera she answered me very rudely

la trataba de mala manera he used to treat her badly

los precios han subido de mala manera ( Esp); prices have shot up ( colloq), prices have risen exorbitantly

lo malcrió de mala manera ( Esp); she spoiled him terribly o ( colloq) rotten

querer algo de mala manera ( Esp fam); to want sth really badly, want sth in the worst way ( AmE colloq)

Compuesto:

manera de ser

su manera de ser the way she is

tiene una manera de ser que se lleva bien con todos she has a nice way about her, she gets on well with everyone ( colloq)

su manera de ser le acarrea muchos problemas his manner o the way he comes across causes him a lot of problems

B maneras fpl (modales) manners (pl)

* * *

manera sustantivo femenino
1 (modo, forma) way;
◊ yo lo hago a mi manera I do it my way;

a manera de by way of;
de todas maneras anyway;
su manera de ser the way she is;
se puede ir vestido de cualquier manera you can dress however you want;
no lo pongas así, de cualquier manera don't just put it in any which way (AmE) o (BrE) any old how;
de ninguna manera lo voy a permitir there's no way I'm going to allow it;
de alguna manera tendré que conseguirlo I'll have to get it somehow (or other);
no hay/hubo manera it is/it was impossible;
de manera que so;
de mala manera ‹ contestar› rudely;

‹ tratar› badly
2
◊ maneras sustantivo femenino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

manera
I sustantivo femenino
1 way, manner: hagámoslo a nuestra manera, let's do it our way
lo hace todo de cualquier manera, he does everything any old how
no hay manera de que me escuche, there is no way to make him listen to me
me disgusta su manera de ser, I don't like the way he behaves
II fpl maneras, manners: contestó con malas maneras, she answered rudely
♦ Locuciones: a manera de, as: se puso una cacerola a manera de casco, she used a cooking pot as a helmet
de cualquier manera/de todas maneras, anyway, at any rate, in any case
de manera que, so (that)
de ninguna manera, in no way, certainly not: no pienso disculparme de ninguna manera, there's no way that I'm going to apologise
de tal manera que, in such a way that
en cierta manera, in some sense: en cierta manera todos somos responsables de ella, to a certain degree we are all responsible for her
' manera' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- arrancar
- categórica
- categórico
- como
- como quiera
- comoquiera
- cortante
- despatarrarse
- despeluchar
- encantar
- enfocar
- escritura
- expiar
- igual
- inri
- letra
- mal
- ninguna
- ninguno
- peculiar
- perfectamente
- precisamente
- tal
- tener
- tuntún
- bien
- cómo
- en
- escándalo
- forma
- fórmula
- habla
- hacer
- ilegal
- inconsciente
- índole
- inesperado
- interesado
- medio
- modo
- norma
- ordinariez
- otro
- plantear
- seguir
- temperamento
- tirar
- torpe
- trato
English:
abrupt
- abusive
- accusingly
- angrily
- as
- brittle
- by
- certainly
- challenging
- conciliatory
- decidedly
- definitive
- differently
- distant
- dramatically
- effective
- elaborately
- fashion
- friendly
- gait
- impersonally
- impossibly
- in
- intimidate
- jabber
- jangle
- logical
- manner
- means
- mimic
- miserably
- mismanage
- naturally
- nice
- not
- oddly
- originally
- other
- otherwise
- persuasively
- pleasantly
- practically
- pretence
- pretense
- propose
- radiantly
- realistically
- reception
- remotely
- should

* * *

manera nf

1. [forma] way, manner;

manera de pensar way of thinking;

tiene una manera de ser muy agradable she has a very pleasant nature;

no me gusta su manera de ser I don't like the way he is;

no encuentro la manera de dejar el tabaco whatever I do, I just can't seem to give up smoking;

esa no es manera de decir las cosas that's no way to speak;

¿has visto la manera en que o [m5] la manera como te mira? have you seen how o the way he's looking at you?;

esta vez lo haremos a mi manera this time we'll do it my way;

a la manera de in the style of, after the fashion of;

a manera de [como] as, by way of;

a mi manera de ver the way I see it;

de alguna manera somehow;

se le cayó el botón porque lo cosió de cualquier manera the button fell off because he sewed it on carelessly o any old how;

hazlo de cualquier manera do it however you like;

no te preocupes, de cualquier manera no pensaba ir don't worry, I wasn't going to go anyway;

de esta/esa manera this/that way;

trata a su hijo de mala manera he treats his son badly;

lo dijo de mala manera she said it very rudely;
Esp Fam
estuvo lloviendo de mala manera it was pouring o Br bucketing down;
Esp Fam
se pusieron a beber de mala manera they started a serious drinking session;
Esp Fam
tu hermana se enrolla de mala manera your sister goes on a bit;

de la misma manera similarly, in the same way;

lo hice de la misma manera que ayer/tú I did it the same way as yesterday/you;

lo organizaron de manera que acabara antes de las diez they organized it so (that) it finished before ten;

¿de manera que no te gusta? so, you don't like it (then)?;

de ninguna manera o [m5] en manera alguna deberíamos dejarle salir under no circumstances should we let her out;

de ninguna manera o [m5] en manera alguna quise ofenderte I in no way intended to offend you;

¿te he molestado? – de ninguna manera o [m5] en manera alguna did I annoy you? – not at all o by no means;

¿quieres que lo invitemos? – ¡de ninguna manera! shall we invite him? – no way o certainly not!;

de otra manera… [si no] otherwise…;

de tal manera (que) [tanto] so much (that);

de todas maneras anyway;

de todas maneras, ¿qué es eso que decías de un viaje? anyway, what's that you were saying about going away?;

de una manera o de otra one way or another;

en cierta manera in a way;
Formal
la ópera me aburre en gran manera I find opera exceedingly tedious;

no hay manera there is no way, it's impossible;

no hay manera de que haga los deberes it's impossible to get him to do his homework;

¡contigo no hay manera! you're impossible!;

¡qué manera de hacer las cosas! that's no way to do things!;

¡qué manera de llover! just look at that rain!;
Formal
me place sobre manera que recurran a nuestros servicios I'm exceedingly pleased that you should have decided to use our services

2.
maneras [modales] manners;

buenas/malas maneras good/bad manners;

de muy buenas maneras nos dijo que saliéramos she very politely asked us to leave;

atiende a los clientes de malas maneras he's rude to the customers;

Comp
Esp
de aquella manera: lo hicieron de aquella manera they did it any old how;

¿crees en Dios? – de aquella manera do you believe in God? – well, sort of

* * *

manera

f way;

esa es su manera de ser that’s the way he is;

maneras pl manners;

lo hace a su manera he does it his way;

a manera de like;

un cuadro a la manera de los cubistas a Cubist-style picture;

no hay manera de it is impossible to;

de mala manera tratar badly; responder rudely;

de manera que so (that);

de ninguna manera certainly not;

en gran manera greatly;

sobre manera exceedingly;

de todas maneras anyway, in any case;

de alguna manera somehow;

de cualquier manera anyway, anyhow;

de la misma manera que in the same way that;

de otra manera if not;

de tal manera que in such a way that, so that

* * *

manera nf

1) modo: way, manner, fashion

2)

de cualquier manera or

de todas maneras : anyway, anyhow

3)

de manera que : so, in order that

4)

de ninguna manera : by no means, absolutely not

5)

manera de ser : personality, demeanor

* * *

manera n way

una manera de hablar muy poco corriente an unusual way of speaking

a mi manera my way

de manera + adjetivo in a... way

de manera extraña in a strange way / strangely

de manera que so that

de ninguna manera no way

de todas maneras anyway

manera de ser character

Spanish-English dictionary > manera

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Negative verb — A negative verb is a type of auxiliary that is used to form the negative of a main verb. The main verb itself has no personal endings, while the negative verb takes the inflection. The English auxiliary don t or doesn t performs a similar… … Wikipedia
used to — adjective in the habit (Freq. 13) I am used to hitchhiking you ll get used to the idea ...was wont to complain that this is a cold world Henry David Thoreau • Syn: ↑wont to • Similar to: ↑accustomed … Useful english dictionary
Negative mass — In theoretical physics, negative mass is a hypothetical concept of matter whose mass is of opposite sign to the mass of the normal matter. Such matter would violate one or more energy conditions and show some strange properties such as being… … Wikipedia
negative — negatively, adv. negativeness, negativity, n. /neg euh tiv/, adj., n., adv., v., negatived, negativing, interj. adj. 1. expressing or containing negation or denial: a negative response to the question. 2. refusing consent, as to a proposal: a… … Universalium
Negative pressure ventilator — This article is about the medical device. For the band, see Iron Lung (band). Negative pressure ventilator Intervention An Emerson iron lung. The patient lies within the chamber, which when sealed provides an effectively oscillating atmospheric… … Wikipedia
Negative Priming — Pens. Initially, the person picks out the red pen and therefore it is the prime target while the remaining pens in the holder are considered to be prime distractors. When the person wants to use the blue pen (probe target) instead, negative… … Wikipedia
negative — neg•a•tive [[t]ˈnɛg ə tɪv[/t]] adj. n. adv. v. tived, tiv•ing, interj. 1) expressing or containing negation or denial: a negative response to the question[/ex] 2) refusing consent, as to a proposal: a negative reply to my request[/ex] 3)… … From formal English to slang
Negative refraction — is the name for an electromagnetic phenomenon where light rays are refracted at an interface in the reverse sense to that normally expected. Such an effect can be obtained using a metamaterial which has been designed to achieve a negative value… … Wikipedia
Negative theology — also known as the Via Negativa (Latin for Negative Way ) and Apophatic theology is a theology that attempts to describe God by negation, to speak of God only in terms of what may not be said about God. In brief, the attempt is to gain and express … Wikipedia
Negative capability — describes the resistance to a set of institutional arrangements or a system of knowledge about the world and human experience. It explains the capacity of human beings to reject the totalizing constraints of a closed context, and to both… … Wikipedia
Negative gearing (Australia) — Negative gearing is a form of financial leverage where an investor borrows money to buy an asset, but the income generated by that asset does not cover the interest on the loan. The investor must fund the shortfall until the asset is sold, at… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(used to form a negative)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(used to form a negative)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: